Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Specialty Retail / iMedia Brands

iMedia Brands

imbi · NASDAQ Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker imbi
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Specialty Retail
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · iMedia Brands
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_____________________________________________
Form 10-K

☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2021

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or

For the transition period from          to

Commission file number 001-37495
____________________________________________

Minnesota
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

41-1673770
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

iMedia Brands, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

6740 Shady Oak Road, Eden Prairie, MN 55344-3433
(Address of principal executive offices, including Zip Code)

952-943-6000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Title of each class

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

Trading Symbol(s)

IMBI

Name of each exchange on which registered

The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐     No ☑
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ☐    No ☑ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the

registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑     No ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  (§  232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the  preceding

12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☑     No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated

filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☐

Accelerated filer ☐

Non-accelerated filer ☑

Smaller reporting company ☑
Emerging growth company ☐

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for  complying  with  any  new  or  revised  financial  accounting  standards  provided  pursuant  to

Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley

Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐     No ☑
As of April 16, 2021, 16,311,236 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding. The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on July 31, 2020, the last business day of
the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, based upon the closing sale price for the registrant’s common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Capital Market on July 31, 2020 was approximately $32,284,000. For purposes
of determining such aggregate market value, all officers and directors of the registrant are considered to be affiliates of the registrant, as well as shareholders deemed to be affiliates under Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act either by
holding 10% or more of the outstanding common stock as reported in reports filed with the Commission or by having certain contractual relationships with the registrant related to control. This number is provided only for the
purpose of this annual report on Form 10-K and does not represent an admission by either the registrant or any such person as to the status of such person.

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the close of its fiscal year ended January 30, 2021 are

incorporated by reference in Part III of this annual report on Form 10-K.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended

January 30, 2021

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1.

Business

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Selected Financial Data

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

Item 9.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

Item 9B.

Other Information

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

PART III

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

Signatures

PART IV

2

Page

4

12

23

24

24

24

25

26

26

40

41

79

79

79

80

80

81

81

81

82

87

88

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report on Form 10-K and other materials we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) (as well as
information included in oral statements or other written statements made or to be made by us) contain certain “forward-looking statements”
within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform Act  of  1995. Any  statements  contained  herein  that  are  not  statements  of
historical fact, including statements regarding guidance, industry prospects or future results of operations or financial position are forward-
looking.  We  often  use  words  such  as  "anticipates,"  "believes,"  "estimates,"  "expects,"  "intends,"  "predicts,"  "hopes,"  "should,"  "plans,"
"will" and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on management’s current expectations
and  accordingly  are  subject  to  uncertainty  and  changes  in  circumstances.  Actual  results  may  vary  materially  from  the  expectations
contained  herein  due  to  various  important  factors,  many  of  which  are,  and  will  continue  to  be,  amplified  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,
including (but not limited to): the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our sales, operations and supply chain, variability in consumer
preferences, shopping behaviors, spending and debt levels; the general economic and credit environment; interest rates; seasonal variations
in consumer purchasing activities; the ability to achieve the most effective product category mixes to maximize sales and margin objectives;
competitive pressures on sales and sales promotions; pricing and gross sales margins; the level of cable and satellite distribution for our
programming and the associated fees or estimated cost savings from contract renegotiations; our ability to establish and maintain acceptable
commercial terms with third-party vendors and other third parties with whom we have contractual relationships, and to successfully manage
key  vendor  and  shipping  relationships  and  develop  key  partnerships  and  proprietary  and  exclusive  brands;  our  ability  to  manage  our
operating expenses successfully and our working capital levels; our ability to remain compliant with our credit facility covenants; customer
acceptance of our branding strategy and our repositioning as a video commerce company; our ability to respond to changes in consumer
shopping patterns and preferences, and changes in technology and consumer viewing patterns; changes to our management and information
systems  infrastructure;  challenges  to  our  data  and  information  security;  changes  in  governmental  or  regulatory  requirements,  including
without limitation, regulations of the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") and Federal Trade Commission, and adverse outcomes
from  regulatory  proceedings;  litigation  or  governmental  proceedings  affecting  our  operations;  significant  events  (including  disasters,
weather  events  or  events  attracting  significant  television  coverage)  that  either  cause  an  interruption  of  television  coverage  or  that  divert
viewership  from  our  programming;  disruptions  in  our  distribution  of  our  network  broadcast  to  our  customers;  our  ability  to  protect  our
intellectual property rights; our ability to obtain and retain key executives and employees; our ability to attract new customers and retain
existing customers; changes in shipping costs; expenses relating to the actions of activist or hostile shareholders; our ability to offer new or
innovative products and customer acceptance  of  the  same;  changes  in  customer  viewing  habits  of  television  programming;  and  the  risks
identified under Item 1A (Risk Factors) in this annual report on Form 10-K.  You  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  forward-
looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this filing. We are under no obligation (and expressly disclaim any such obligation)
to update or alter our forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

3

Table of Contents

Item 1.  Business

PART I

When we refer to "we," "our," "us" or the "Company," we mean iMedia Brands, Inc. and its subsidiaries unless the context indicates
otherwise.  iMedia  Brands,  Inc.  is  a  Minnesota  corporation  with  principal  and  executive  offices  located  at  6740  Shady  Oak  Road,  Eden
Prairie, Minnesota 55344-3433.

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to January 31 and results in either a 52-week or 53-week fiscal year. Our
most recently completed fiscal year, fiscal 2020, ended on January 30, 2021, and consisted of 52 weeks. Fiscal 2019 ended on February 1,
2020 and consisted of 52 weeks.  Fiscal 2018 ended on February 2, 2019 and consisted of 52 weeks. Fiscal 2021 will end on January 29,
2022 and will consist of 52 weeks.

On July 16, 2019 we changed our corporate name to iMedia Brands, Inc. from EVINE Live Inc.

General

We  are  a  leading  interactive  media  company  that  owns  a  growing  portfolio  of  lifestyle  television  networks,  consumer  brands  and
media commerce services. Our television brands are ShopHQ, ShopBulldogTV and ShopHQHealth. ShopHQ is our nationally distributed
shopping  entertainment  network  that  offers  a  mix  of  proprietary,  exclusive  and  name-brand  merchandise  in  the  categories  of  jewelry  &
watches, home & consumer electronics, beauty & wellness, and fashion & accessories directly to consumers 24 hours a day in an engaging
and informative shopping experience. ShopBulldogTV, which launched in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, is a niche television shopping
entertainment network that is geared toward male consumers. ShopHQHealth, which launched in the third quarter of fiscal 2020, is a health
and  wellness  focused  television  shopping  entertainment  network  that  offers  a  robust  assortment  of  products  and  services  dedicated  to
addressing  the  physical,  spiritual  and  mental  health  needs  of  its  customers  and  their  families.  Our  television  shopping  entertainment
programming is currently distributed in more than 80 million homes through cable and satellite distribution agreements, agreements with
telecommunications  companies  and  arrangements  with  over-the-air  broadcast  television  stations.  It  is  also  streamed  live  online  at
shophq.com,  shopbulldogtv.com  and  shophqhealth.com,  which  are  comprehensive  digital  commerce  platforms  that  sell  products  which
appear on our television shopping entertainment networks as well as an extended assortment of online-only merchandise. Our programming
is also available on mobile channels and over-the-top ("OTT") platforms. Both our programming and products are also marketed via mobile
devices, including smartphones and tablets, and through the leading social media channels.

Our consumer brands include Christopher & Banks, J.W. Hulme Company ("J.W. Hulme"), Learning to Cook with Shaquille O’Neal,
Kate & Mallory, Live Fit MD, and Indigo Thread Co. The Christopher & Banks brand was acquired subsequent to the end of fiscal 2020 on
March 1, 2021 through a licensing agreement with ReStore Capital, a Hilco Global company, whereby we will operate the Christopher &
Banks business, a specialty retailer of privately branded women's apparel and accessories, throughout all sales channels, including digital,
television, catalog, and brick and mortar retail. We plan to launch a new weekly Christopher & Banks television program on our ShopHQ
network, which will also promote the brand’s website, cristopherandbanks.com, its only two retail stores in Coon Rapids, Minnesota, and
Branson,  Missouri,  and  planned  launch  of  Christopher  &  Banks  Stylists,  an  online  interactive  video  platform  that  customizes  wardrobe
outfitting by a Christopher & Banks stylist.

Our Media Commerce Services brands are Float Left Interactive, Inc. ("Float Left") and third-party logistics business, i3PL. Media

Commerce Services offers creative and interactive advertising, OTT app services and third-party logistics.

Our  online  marketplaces  include  OurGalleria.com  and  TheCloseout.com.  OurGalleria.com  is  a  higher-end  online  marketplace  for
discounted merchandise, offering an exciting shopping experience with a selection of curated flash sales and events. TheCloseout.com is an
online retail store offering quality products at deeply discounted prices. We obtained a controlling interest in TheCloseout.com subsequent
to the end of fiscal 2020 on February 5, 2021.

Interactive Video and Digital Commerce Retailing

The  primary  distribution  platform  of  our  interactive  video  and  digital  commerce  retail  business  is  our  24-hour  television  shopping
network, ShopHQ, which is the third largest television shopping network in the United States. Our comprehensive online ShopHQ website
complements our network with a combination of products featured on TV as well

4

Table of Contents

as  a  strong  collection  of  online-only  products.  Consolidated  net  sales,  including  shipping  and  handling  revenues,  totaled  $454.2  million,
$501.8  million  and  $596.6  million  for  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018.  We  offer  several  convenient  methods  for  a  customer  to
purchase items, including our toll-free telephone number, directly online, or using mobile devices. Our television programming is primarily
produced at our Eden Prairie, Minnesota headquarters facility. We also produce programming remotely on-location during special events.
The programming is transmitted nationally via satellite to cable system operators, direct-to-home satellite providers, broadcast  television
station operators and OTT platforms.

ShopHQ Products and Product Mix

We  have  two  reporting  segments:  ShopHQ  and  Emerging.  Our  ShopHQ  segment  includes  products  sold  on  our  digital  commerce
platforms, including jewelry & watches, home & consumer electronics, beauty & wellness, and fashion & accessories. Historically jewelry
& watches has been our largest merchandise category. While changes in our product mix have occurred as a result of customer demand and
other  factors  including  our  efforts  to  diversify  our  offerings  within  our  major  merchandise  categories,  jewelry  &  watches  remained  our
largest merchandise category during fiscal 2020. We are focused on diversifying our merchandise assortment within our existing product
categories as well as by offering potential new product categories, including proprietary, exclusive and name-brands, in an effort to increase
revenues, gross profits and to grow our new and active customer base. The following table shows our ShopHQ segment merchandise mix
as a percentage of total digital commerce net merchandise sales for the periods indicated by product category group.

Net Merchandise Sales by Category
Jewelry & Watches
Home & Consumer Electronics
Beauty & Wellness
Fashion & Accessories

     Fiscal 2020      Fiscal 2019      Fiscal 2018  

 41 %  
 16 %  
 32 %  
 11 %  

 44 %  
 23 %  
 18 %  
 15 %  

 38 %
 25 %
 19 %
 18 %

Jewelry  &  Watches. We feature a broad assortment of jewelry from fine to fashion, silver to gold, genuine gemstones to simulated

diamonds. In addition, we offer an extensive collection of men’s and women’s watches from classic to modern designs.

Home & Consumer Electronics. We feature home décor, cookware, kitchen electrics, tabletop accessories and home furnishings. Our

consumer electronics category offers current technology trends and solutions from some of the world’s most recognized brands.

Beauty  &  Wellness. Our  assortment  features  a  variety  of  skincare,  cosmetics,  hair  care  and  bath  &  body  products  in  addition  to

supplements and light fitness equipment.

Fashion & Accessories. We offer fashionable looks that strike a balance between current trends and essentials with an assortment of

apparel, outerwear, intimates, handbags, accessories and footwear.

Emerging

Our  Emerging  reportable  segment  consists  of  our  developing  business  models.  This  segment  includes  the  Company’s  Media
Commerce Services, which includes creative and interactive advertising, OTT app services (Float Left) and third-party logistics services
(i3PL).  Float  Left  is  a  business  comprised  of  connected  TVs,  video-based  content,  application  development  and  distribution,  including
technical  consulting  services,  software  development  and  maintenance  related  to  video  distribution.  The  Emerging  segment  also
encompasses  ShopHQHealth,  ShopBulldogTV,  J.W.  Hulme,  and  OurGalleria.com.  ShopHQHealth  is  a  health  and  wellness  focused
network that offers a robust assortment of products and services dedicated to addressing the physical, spiritual and mental health needs of
its  customers.  ShopBulldogTV  is  a  niche  television  shopping  network  geared  towards  male  consumers.  J.W.  Hulme  is  a  business
specializing  in  artisan-crafted  leather  products,  including  handbags  and  luggage.  J.W.  Hulme  products  are  distributed  primarily  through
jwhulme.com, retail stores, and programming on ShopHQ.  

Company Strategy

As a leading interactive media company that owns a growing portfolio of lifestyle television networks, consumer brands and media

commerce services, our core strategy involves developing and growing multiple monetization models,

5

 
 
 
Table of Contents

through TV retailing, e-commerce, advertising and service fees, to drive overall growth in our business. We expect these models to build
upon our core strengths and provide us with an advantage in the marketplace.

Our strategy includes offering our curated assortment of proprietary, exclusive (i.e., products that are not readily available elsewhere),
emerging and name-brand products. Our programming is distributed through our video commerce infrastructure, which currently includes
television  access  to  more  than  80  million  homes  in  the  United  States,  primarily  on  cable  and  satellite  systems  as  well  as  over-the-air
broadcast and OTT platforms. Our merchandising plan is focused on delivering a balanced assortment of profitable products presented in
an engaging, entertaining, shopping-centric format using our unique expertise in storytelling and “live on location” broadcasting. We are
also  focused  on  growing  our  high  lifetime  value  customer  file  and  growing  our  revenues,  through  social,  mobile,  online,  and  OTT
platforms,  as  well  as  leveraging  our  capacity,  system  capability  and  expertise  in  distribution  and  product  development  to  generate  new
business  relationships.  We  believe  these  initiatives  will  position  us  to  deliver  a  more  engaging  and  enjoyable  customer  experience  with
product offerings and service that exceed customer expectations. On August 21, 2019, we changed the name of the Evine network back to
ShopHQ, which was the name of the network in 2014. We believe ShopHQ is easier to recognize for existing television retailing customers.

Our  growth  strategy  also  includes  building  profitable  niche  interactive  media  networks  and  services,  such  as  ShopBulldogTV,
ShopHQHealth and LaVenta. ShopBulldogTV, which launched in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, is an omni-channel, television shopping
brand that sells and advertises men's merchandise and services, and the aspirational lifestyles associated with its brands and personalities.
ShopHQHealth, a new health and wellness television retailing network, launched on September 1, 2020 in approximately 15 million homes.
In addition, in 2021, we expect to launch LaVenta, a new omni-channel, Spanish language, television shopping brand centered on the Latin
culture  to  sell  and  advertise  merchandise,  services  and  personalities,  celebrating  aspirational  lifestyles.  To  grow  our  service  revenue,  we
launched Media Commerce Services, which includes creative and interactive services and third-party logistics services (i3PL). We plan to
expand  our  service  offerings  to  provide  a  “one-stop  commerce  services  offering”  targeting  brands  interested  in  propelling  their  growth
using our unique combination of assets in television, web and third-party logistics services. Media Commerce Services includes, Float Left,
which we acquired in fiscal 2019. Float Left is a business comprised of connected TVs, video-based content, application development and
distribution, including technical consulting services, software development and maintenance related to video distribution. Our strategy is to
utilize Float Left’s team and technology platform to further grow our content delivery capabilities in OTT platforms while providing new
revenue opportunities.

Our  growth  strategy  also  includes  the  development  of  exclusive  and  innovative  brands,  such  as  our  Shaquille  O’Neal  branded
products; J.W. Hulme; and Christopher & Banks. Our Shaquille O’Neal branded products, which include kitchenware, cookware, and grill
products, are promoted through our live broadcast program, “Learning to Cook with Shaq,” on our ShopHQ and ShopBulldogTV networks
and  are  also  distributed  in  select  Target  and  Sam’s  Club  stores.  The  J.W.  Hulme  brand  is  artisan-crafted  leather  products,  including
handbags and luggage. We plan to accelerate J.W. Hulme's revenue growth through its own programming on ShopHQ and utilizing J.W.
Hulme to craft private-label accessories for the Company's existing owned and operated fashion brands. The Christopher & Banks brand is
a  specialty  retailer  of  privately  branded  women's  apparel  and  accessories  and  our  strategy  is  to  leverage  our  interactive  media  and
ecommerce assets to drive growth of the Christopher & Banks products in all sales channels.

Television Program Distribution and Online Operations

Our television programming has continued to be the most significant medium through which we reach our customers, and we believe
that our television shopping programs have been a key driver of traffic to our website and mobile platforms. Our online business represents
an important component of our future growth opportunities, and we plan to continue to invest in and enhance our online-based capabilities
and mobile presence. Our digital sales penetration, or, the percentage of net sales that are generated from our ShopHQ website and mobile
platforms, which are primarily ordered directly online, was 50.8%, 52.7% and 53.1% in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. Our mobile
penetration was 55.5%, 57.3% and 54.0% of total online sales during fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018.

Television Shopping Network

Satellite Delivery of Programming. Our television programming is presently distributed via a communications satellite transponder to

cable systems and direct-to-home satellite providers. We have a satellite lease agreement with our

6

Table of Contents

present provider of satellite services. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, we distribute our television programming via a satellite that
was  launched  in  August  2005  and  is  set  to  expire  in  October  2025.  The  agreement  provides  us,  under  certain  circumstances,  with
preemptible back-up services if satellite transmission is interrupted.

Television  Distribution. We generally operate under distribution agreements with cable operators, direct-to-home satellite providers
and telecommunications companies to distribute our television programming over their systems. The terms of the distribution agreements
typically  range  from  one  to  five  years.  During  any  fiscal  year,  certain  agreements  with  cable,  satellite  or  other  distributors  may  or  have
expired. Under certain circumstances, we or our distributors may cancel the agreements prior to their expiration. Additionally, we may elect
not  to  renew  distribution  agreements  whose  terms  result  in  sub-standard  or  negative  contribution  margins.  The  distribution  agreements
generally provide that we will pay each operator a monthly access fee, based on the number of homes receiving our programming, and in
some  cases  marketing  support  payments.  We  frequently  review  distribution  opportunities  with  cable  system  operators  and  broadcast
stations providing for full- or part-time carriage of our programming.

During fiscal 2020, there were approximately 127 million homes in the United States with at least one television set. Of those homes,
there  were  approximately  46  million  cable  television  subscribers,  approximately  22  million  direct-to-home  satellite  subscribers  and
approximately 8 million homes which receive programming through telecommunications companies, such as AT&T and Verizon.

Our 24-hour television shopping network, ShopHQ, which is distributed primarily on cable and satellite systems, currently reaches

more than 80 million homes, or full time equivalent subscribers.

Television Distribution Rights. During fiscal 2020, we entered into certain affiliation agreements with television providers for carriage
of  our  television  programming  over  their  systems,  including  channel  placement  rights. As  a  result,  we  recorded  a  television  distribution
rights asset of $43.6 million. The liability relating to the television distribution right was $36.5 million as of January 30, 2021, of which
$29.2  million  was  classified  as  current.  We  believe  having  favorable  channel  positioning  within  the  general  entertainment  area  on  the
distributor's channel line-up positively impacts our sales. We believe that a portion of our sales is attributable to purchases resulting from
channel "surfing" and that a channel position near popular cable networks increases the likelihood of such purchases.

Online Presence

Our websites as well as our mobile platforms, provide customers with a shop anytime, anywhere experience and offer a broad array
of  consumer  merchandise,  including  all  products  featured  on  our  television  programming  as  well  as  merchandise  found  only  on  our
websites.  The  websites  include  additional  resources,  including  a  live  stream  of  our  television  programming,  an  archive  of  segments  of
recent past programming, videos of many individual products that the customer can view on demand, an online program guide, customer-
generated product reviews as well as information about our show hosts and guest personalities. See “Regulation” below for a discussion of
the regulatory environment in which our online presence operates.

Marketing and Merchandising

Television and Online Retailing

Our  revenues  are  primarily  generated  from  sales  of  merchandise  offered  through  our  interactive  digital  platforms,  which  includes
cable and satellite television, our websites, mobile devices, social media channels and OTT platforms. Our television shopping businesses
utilize  live  and  selected  taped  television  programming  24  hours  a  day,  seven  days  a  week,  to  create  an  interactive,  entertaining,  and
engaging experience that brings our merchandise to life through demonstration. Our product strategy is to continue to develop and expand
new  product  offerings  across  multiple  merchandise  categories  based  on  customer  demand,  as  well  as  to  offer  competitive  pricing  and
special values in order to drive new customers and maximize margin dollars per minute. Our core digital commerce customers – those who
interact with our ShopHQ network and transact through television, online and mobile devices – are primarily women between the ages of
45 and 70. We also have a strong presence of male customers of a similar age range. We believe our customers make purchases based on
our unique products, quality merchandise and value. We develop our programming schedule with product categories that appeal to specific
viewer  and  customer  profiles  targeting  days  of  week  and  times  of  day  they  are  most  likely  to  be  viewing  our  network.  We  feature
announced and unannounced promotions to drive interest and incremental sales, including

7

Table of Contents

"Today’s Top Value," a sales promotion that features a special offer every day. In addition, we also feature major and special promotional
events and inventory-clearance sales during different times of the year.

We  continually  introduce  new  products  that  are  easily  accessible  to  customers  via  our  television,  online  and  mobile  platforms.
Inventory sources include manufacturers, wholesalers, distributors and importers. We intend to continue to develop and promote proprietary
brands and exclusive products, which generally have higher margins than widely sold merchandise, across multiple product categories.

ShopHQ Private Label Consumer Credit Card Program

We have a private label consumer credit card program (the "Program"). The Program is made available to all qualified consumers to
finance  ShopHQ  purchases  and  provides  benefits  including  instant  purchase  credits,  free  or  reduced  shipping  promotions  throughout
the  year  and  promotional  low-interest  financing  on  qualifying  purchases.  We  believe  use  of  the  ShopHQ  credit  card  furthers  customer
loyalty.  We  also  believe  that  the  card  reduces  total  credit  card  expense  and  reduces  the  Company’s  overall  bad  debt  exposure  since
Synchrony Financial ("Synchrony"), the issuing bank for the program, bears the risk of non-payment on ShopHQ credit card transactions
except those in our ValuePay installment payment program. In July 2020, we extended the Program through August 2021 by entering into a
Private  Label  Consumer  Credit  Card  Program  Agreement  Amendment  with  Synchrony.  Approximately  19%,  21%  and  21%  of  our
customer purchases were paid for using our private label consumer credit card during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Purchasing Terms

We obtain products for our interactive digital commerce businesses from domestic and foreign manufacturers and/or their suppliers
and are often able to make purchases on more favorable terms due to the volume of products purchased or sold. Some of our purchasing
arrangements  with  our  vendors  include  inventory  terms  that  allow  for  return  privileges  for  a  portion  of  the  order  or  stock  balancing.  In
January 2020, we extended our standard payment terms with our merchandise vendors to improve our working capital and align with other
large national retailers. We generally do not have long-term commitments with our vendors, and a variety of sources are available for each
category of merchandise sold. During fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, products purchased from one vendor accounted for approximately 20%,
19%  and  14%  of  our  consolidated  net  sales.  During  fiscal  2020,  products  purchased  from  a  second  vendor  accounted  for  approximately
14%  of  our  consolidated  net  sales.  Both  vendors  are  related  parties  and  additional  information  is  contained  in  Note  19  –  “Related  Party
Transactions” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. We believe that we could find alternative products for these vendors’
merchandise  assortment  if  they  ceased  supplying  merchandise;  however,  the  unanticipated  loss  of  any  large  supplier  could  negatively
impact our sales and earnings.

Order Entry, Fulfillment and Customer Service

Our products are available for purchase via toll-free telephone numbers, on our websites and through mobile platforms. We maintain
agreements with third party service providers to support us with volume peaks in demand for telephone order-entry operators and automated
order-processing services to take customer orders. We receive orders with our own home-based phone agents, agents at our Bowling Green,
Kentucky distribution center, and at our Eden Prairie, Minnesota corporate headquarters.

We own an approximately 600,000 square foot distribution facility in Bowling Green, Kentucky, used primarily for the fulfillment of

customer orders for merchandise purchased and sold by us and for certain call center operations.

The  majority  of  customer  purchases  are  paid  for  by  credit  or  debit  cards,  including  our  private  label  credit  card  discussed  above.
Purchases and installment charges made with the ShopHQ private label credit card are non-recourse to us, however, we still maintain credit
collection  risk  from  the  potential  inability  to  collect  future  ValuePay  installments.  Our  ValuePay  program  is  an  interest-free  installment
payment  program  which  allows  customers  to  pay  by  credit  card  for  certain  merchandise  in  two  or  more  equal  monthly  installments.
The percentage of our net sales in which our customers utilized our ValuePay payment program over the past three fiscal years ranged from
55% to 67%. We intend to continue to sell merchandise using the ValuePay program due to its significant promotional value.

We maintain a product inventory, which consists primarily of consumer merchandise held for resale. The product inventory is valued
at  the  lower  of  average  cost  or  net  realizable  value. As  of  January  30,  2021  and  February  1,  2020,  we  had  inventory  balances  of  $68.7
million and $78.9 million.

8

Table of Contents

Merchandise is shipped to customers by UPS, the United States Postal Service, Federal Express or other recognized carriers. We also
have  arrangements  with  certain  vendors  who  drop-ship  merchandise  directly  to  our  customers  after  an  approved  customer  order  is
processed.

We perform our customer service functions primarily at our Eden Prairie, Minnesota and Bowling Green, Kentucky facilities, as well

as with our own home-based phone agents.

Our standard return policy allows a 30-day refund period from the date of customer receipt for all customer purchases. Our return rate
averaged approximately 15%, 19% and 19% in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. We continue to monitor our return rates in an effort
to keep our overall return rates in line and commensurate with our current product sales mix and our average selling price levels.

Competition

The  interactive  digital  commerce  retail  business  is  highly  competitive,  and  we  are  in  direct  competition  with  numerous  retailers,
including  online  retailers,  many  of  whom  are  larger,  better  financed  and  have  a  broader  customer  base  than  we  do.  In  our  television
shopping and digital commerce operations, we compete for customers with other television shopping and e-commerce retailers, infomercial
companies,  other  types  of  consumer  retail  businesses,  including  traditional  "brick  and  mortar"  department  stores,  discount  stores,
warehouse stores and specialty stores, catalog and mail order retailers and other direct sellers.

Our direct competitors within the television shopping industry include QVC, Inc. and HSN, Inc., which are owned by Qurate Retail
Inc. Both QVC, Inc. and HSN, Inc. are substantially larger than we are in terms of annual revenues and customers, and the programming of
each  is  carried  more  broadly  to  U.S.  households,  including  high-definition  bands  and  multi-channel  carriage,  than  our  programming.
Multimedia  Commerce  Group,  Inc.,  which  operates  Jewelry  Television,  also  competes  with  us  for  customers  in  the  jewelry  category.  In
addition, there are a number of smaller niche retailers and startups in the television shopping arena who compete with us. We believe that
our  major  competitors  leverage  their  economies  of  scale  to  incur  cable  and  satellite  distribution  fees  representing  a  significantly  lower
percentage  of  their  sales  attributable  to  their  television  programming  than  we  do,  and  that  their  fee  arrangements  are  substantially  on  a
commission basis (in some cases with minimum guarantees) rather than on the predominantly fixed-cost basis that we currently have. At
our  current  sales  level,  our  distribution  costs  as  a  percentage  of  total  consolidated  net  sales  are  higher  than  those  of  our  competition.
However, we have the ability to leverage this fixed expense with sales growth to accelerate improvement in our profitability.

We anticipate continued competition for viewers and customers, for experienced television commerce and e-commerce personnel, for
distribution agreements with cable and satellite systems and for vendors and suppliers - not only from television shopping companies, but
also from other companies that seek to enter the television shopping and online retail industries, including telecommunications and cable
companies,  television  networks,  and  other  established  retailers.  We  believe  that  our  ability  to  be  successful  in  the  interactive  digital
commerce  industry  will  be  dependent  on  a  number  of  key  factors,  including  continuing  to  expand  our  digital  footprint  to  meet  our
customers'  needs  and  increasing  the  lifetime  value  of  our  customer  base  by  a  combination  of  growing  the  number  of  customers  who
purchase products from us and maximizing the dollar value of sales and profitability per customer.

Regulation

Our businesses are subject to extensive regulation by federal and state authorities.

Regulation of Cable Television

The cable television industry is subject to extensive regulation by the FCC. The following does not purport to be a complete summary
of  all  of  the  provisions  of  the  Communications  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  ("Communications  Act"),  the  Cable  Television  Consumer
Protection Act of 1992, the Telecommunications Act of 1996 ("Telecommunications Act"), or other laws and FCC rules or policies that
may affect our operations. Proposals for additional or revised regulations and requirements are pending before, are being considered by,
and may in the future be considered by, Congress and federal regulatory agencies from time to time. We cannot predict the effect of any
existing or proposed federal legislation, regulations or policies on our business.

9

Table of Contents

The cable television industry is also regulated by state and local governments with respect to certain franchising matters. The FCC
regulates  the  terms  of  cable  programming  networks  that  are  distributed  by  satellite,  as  ours  is.  Those  regulations  require,  among  other
things, that programming channels be provided to all competing multichannel video programming distributors (“MVPDs”). FCC rules also
require that all video programming distributed over MVPDs include captioning for the hearing-impaired, and that all programs that were
originally produced to be viewed over MVPD facilities include captions if they are subsequently distributed over the internet.

Regulation of our Online Presence

The  FCC  has  required  that  all  full-length  television  programming  redistributed  over  the  internet  is  captioned,  and  also  requires
captioning of programming segments distributed over the internet that were shown on television with closed captions. We currently provide
closed captioning on full-length programming redistributed over the internet and other programming segments as required by FCC rules.

Our e-commerce activities are subject to a number of general business regulations and laws regarding taxation and online commerce.
There  have  been  continuing  efforts  to  increase  the  legal  and  regulatory  obligations  and  restrictions  on  companies  conducting  commerce
through the internet, primarily in the areas of taxation, consumer privacy and protection of consumer personal information. A number of
states impose data security requirements on companies that collect certain types of information concerning their residents and other states
may  adopt  similar  requirements  in  the  future.  A  patchwork  of  state  laws  imposing  differing  security  requirements  depending  on  the
residence of our customers could impose added compliance costs.

We have historically collected sales tax from customers in states where we have physical presence under the principles laid out under
the 1992 United States Supreme Court decision in Quill Corp. v. North Dakota and subsequent related state statutes and regulations. We
have  continually  monitored  our  physical  presence  activities,  and  have  historically  registered  to  collect  sales  tax  in  multiple  states  and
localities as physical activities have expanded. On June 21, 2018, the United States Supreme Court issued its decision in the South Dakota
v.  Wayfair,  Inc.  et  al,  which  overturned  the  Quill  Corp.  v.  North  Dakota  physical  presence  standard  and  allows  state  and  local  taxing
jurisdictions to impose sales tax collection responsibilities on remote sellers like us based solely on making a minimum level of sales into
the state. We are monitoring state legislation activities in the wake of South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. et al that would require us to register to
collect  sales  tax  in  additional  state  and  local  taxing  jurisdictions  and  believe  we  have  complied  with  new  state  sales  tax  legislation  as
enacted to date.

There  are  a  number  of  federal  laws  that  limit  our  ability  to  pursue  certain  direct  marketing  activities,  including  the  Telephone
Consumer Protection Act, and the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003, or the CAN-SPAM
Act. The statutes govern when and how we may contact consumers through various communication methods, including email, phone calls,
faxes and texts, in some cases requiring consent and in others allowing a consumer to opt out of certain communications. These types of
regulation may limit our ability to pursue certain direct marketing activities, thus potentially limiting our sales and number of customers.

Changes  in  consumer  protection  laws  also  may  impose  additional  burdens  on  those  companies  conducting  business  online.  The
adoption of additional laws or regulations may decrease the growth of the internet or other online services, which could, in turn, decrease
the demand for our products and services and increase our cost of doing business through the internet.

In  addition,  since  our  ShopHQ  website  is  available  over  the  internet  in  all  states,  various  states  may  claim  that  we  are  required  to
qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in such state, a requirement that could result in fees and taxes as well as penalties for the
failure to comply. Any new legislation or regulation, the application of laws and regulations from jurisdictions whose laws do not currently
apply  to  our  business  or  the  application  of  existing  laws  and  regulations  to  the  internet  and  other  online  services  could  have  a  material
adverse effect on the growth of our business in this area.

Regulation of our Product Marketing

We offer our customers a broad range of merchandise through television, online and mobile. The manner in which we promote and
sell our merchandise, including claims and representations made in connection with these efforts, is regulated by a wide variety of federal,
state and local laws, regulations, rules, policies and procedures. Some examples of

10

Table of Contents

these that affect the manner in which we sell and promote merchandise or otherwise operate our businesses include, but are not limited to,
the following:

●

●

The Food and Drug Administration’s regulations regarding marketing claims that can be made about cosmetic beauty products and
over-the-counter  drugs,  which  include  products  for  treating  acne  or  medical  products,  and  claims  that  can  be  made  about  food
products and dietary supplements;

The Federal Trade Commission’s regulations requiring that marketing claims across all product and service categories are truthful,
not  misleading,  and  substantiated,  as  well  as  its  related  regulations  requiring  disclosures  concerning  the  seller’s  material
connections with or compensation to endorsers and influencers;

● Regulations related to product safety issues and product recalls including, but not limited to, the Consumer Product Safety Act, the
Consumer  Product  Safety  Improvement  Act  of  2008,  the  Federal  Hazardous  Substance  Act,  the  Flammable  Fabrics  Act  and
regulations promulgated pursuant to these acts; and

●

Laws governing the collection, use, retention, security and transfer of personally-identifiable information about our customers.

These laws, regulations, rules, policies and procedures are subject to change at any time. Unfavorable changes applicable to us could
decrease demand for merchandise offered by us, increase costs which we may not be able to offset, subject us to additional liabilities and/or
otherwise adversely affect our businesses.

Intellectual Property

We regard our intellectual property, including trademarks, service marks, copyrights, patents, domain names, trade dress, trade secrets
and proprietary technologies, as critical to our success. We rely on intellectual property protections and on confidentiality and/or license
agreements  with  our  employees,  vendors,  partners  and  others  to  protect  our  proprietary  rights.  We  have  registered,  or  applied  for  the
registration of, a number of U.S. domain names, trademarks and service marks. Our registered trademarks and service marks are presumed
valid  in  the  United  States,  as  long  as  they  are  in  use,  their  registrations  are  properly  maintained,  and  they  have  not  been  found  to  have
become generic. Registrations of trademarks and service marks can also generally be renewed indefinitely as long as the trademarks and
service marks are in use.

Seasonality and Economic Sensitivity

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuation, with the highest sales activity normally occurring during our fourth fiscal quarter of
the  year,  namely  November  through  January.  Our  business  is  also  sensitive  to  general  economic  conditions  and  business  conditions
affecting consumer spending including, for example, the COVID-19 pandemic. Additionally, our television audience (and therefore sales
revenue) can be significantly impacted by major world or domestic television-covering events which attract viewership and divert audience
attention away from our programming.

Employees and Human Capital Resource Management

Our  key  human  capital  management  objectives  are  to  attract,  retain  and  develop  the  highest  quality  talent.  To  achieve  these
objectives, our human resources programs are designed to prepare our talent for critical roles and leadership positions for the future; reward
and  support  employees  through  competitive  pay  and  benefits;  enhance  our  culture  through  efforts  aimed  at  making  the  workplace  more
engaging  and  inclusive;  and  acquire  talent  and  facilitate  internal  talent  mobility  to  create  a  high-performing  and  diverse  workforce. At
January 30, 2021, we had approximately 780 employees, of which 645 were full-time employees. The majority of whom are employed in
customer service, order fulfillment and television production. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreement with respect to our
employees.

Diversity and Inclusion

We believe our equitable and inclusive employment environment underpinned with diverse teams enables us to create, develop and
implement core values that leverage the strengths of our workforce to exceed customer expectations and meet our growth objectives.  We
bring together our employees from all different backgrounds to solve our clients’ diverse demands and viewpoints.  

11

Table of Contents

Current  initiatives  we  are  working  on  include  employee  experience,  talent  acquisition,  external  relationships,  and  community
involvement.  We place a high value on inclusion and strive to encourage our employees to partner with one another and their communities
at large to create a connected community in the truest sense of the word. We are committed to having a diverse talent pipeline by recruiting
diverse  talent  across  all  leadership  and  skill  areas.  We  are  committed  to  equal  employment  opportunity  and  pay  equality,  regardless  of
gender, race/ethnicity or background.

It is our intent to create a network where our customers, no matter their gender, race, ethnicity, religion, political views or any other
characteristic, feel safe and welcome when they tune in. To create such an environment starts with our employees, and we strive to ensure
that we create a diverse, inclusive, and dynamic working environment for our employees.

Segments and Geographic Information

We have two reporting segments: “ShopHQ” and “Emerging.” These segments reflect the way our chief operating decision maker
(which is our Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer) evaluates the Company’s business performance and manages its
operations. Nearly all of our sales are to customers residing in the United States. See Note 11 - "Business Segments and Sales by Product
Group" in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

ShopHQ

The  ShopHQ  segment  encompasses  our  nationally  distributed  shopping  entertainment  network.  ShopHQ  sells  and  distributes  its

products to consumers through its video commerce television, online website and mobile platforms.

Emerging

The  Emerging  segment  consists  of  our  developing  business  models.  This  segment  includes  our  Media  Commerce  Services,  which
includes  creative  and  interactive  services  and  third-party  logistics  services  (i3PL).  The  Emerging  segment  also  encompasses
ShopHQHealth, ShopBulldogTV and our recently acquired businesses, J.W. Hulme and Float Left. ShopHQHealth is a health and wellness
focused network that offers a robust assortment of products and services dedicated to addressing the physical, spiritual and mental health
needs of its customers. ShopBulldogTV is a niche television shopping network geared towards male consumers. J.W. Hulme is a business
specializing  in  artisan-crafted  leather  products,  including  handbags  and  luggage.  J.W.  Hulme  products  are  distributed  primarily  through
jwhulme.com,  retail  stores,  and  programming  on  ShopHQ.  Float  Left  is  a  business  comprised  of  connected  TVs,  video-based  content,
application development and distribution, including technical consulting services, software development and maintenance related to video
distribution.

Available Information

Our  corporate  website  address  is  www.imediabrands.com.  Our  annual  report  on  Form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q  and
current  reports  on  Form  8-K,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  amendments  to  these  reports  if  applicable,  are  available,  without
charge, on our investor relations website at investors.imediabrands.com as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed
with  or  furnished  to  the  SEC.  Copies  also  are  available,  without  charge,  by  contacting  the  General  Counsel,  iMedia  Brands,  Inc.,  6740
Shady  Oak  Road,  Eden  Prairie,  Minnesota  55344-3433.  Our  goal  is  to  maintain  the  investor  relations  website  as  a  way  for  investors  to
easily find information about us, including press releases, announcements of investor conferences, investor and analyst presentations and
corporate governance. The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with, or furnish to, the SEC. The
SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding us
and other companies that file materials with the SEC electronically.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our businesses are subject to many risks. The following are material factors known to us that could have a material adverse affect on
our  business,  reputation,  operating  results,  industry,  financial  position,  or  future  financial  performance.  The  following  risks  should  be
considered in evaluating an investment in our company.

12

Table of Contents

Risks Regarding Our Business

We have a history of losses and a high fixed cost operating base and may not be able to achieve or maintain profitable operations in

the future.

We experienced operating losses of approximately $7.9 million, $52.5 million and $18.6 million in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal
2018.  We  reported  net  losses  of  $13.2  million,  $56.3  million  and  $22.2  million  in  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018.  There  is  no
assurance that we will be able to achieve or maintain profitable operations in future fiscal years.

Our television shopping business operates with a high fixed cost base, primarily driven by fixed fees under distribution agreements
with cable and direct-to-home satellite providers to carry our programming. In order to operate on a profitable basis, we must reach and
maintain sufficient annual sales revenues to cover our high fixed cost base and/or negotiate a reduction in this cost structure. If our sales
levels are not sufficient to cover our operating expenses, our ability to reduce operating expenses in the near term will be limited by the
fixed cost base. In that case, our earnings, cash balance and growth prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We  have  had  a  historic  trend  of  operating  losses,  which,  if  not  reversed,  could  reduce  our  operating  cash  resources  to  the  point

where we will not have sufficient liquidity to meet the ongoing cash commitments and obligations to continue operating our business.

As of January 30, 2021, we had approximately $15.5 million in unrestricted cash. We expect to use our cash and available credit line
to finance our working capital requirements and to make necessary capital expenditures in order to operate our business and to fund any
further operating losses. We have had a historic trend of operating losses, which, if not reversed, could reduce our operating cash resources
to the point where we would not be able to adequately fund working capital requirements or necessary capital expenditures.

The  Company  has  a  credit  and  security  agreement  (as  amended  through  February  5,  2021,  the  "PNC  Credit  Facility")  with  PNC
Bank, N.A. ("PNC"), a member of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., as lender and agent. The PNC Credit Facility, which includes
CIBC  Bank  USA  (formerly  known  as  The  Private  Bank)  as  part  of  the  facility,  provides  a  revolving  line  of  credit  of  $70.0  million  and
provides for a term loan on which we had originally drawn to fund improvements at our distribution facility in Bowling Green, Kentucky
and subsequently to pay down our previously outstanding term loan with GACP Finance Co., LLC. The PNC Credit Facility also provides
an accordion feature that would allow us to expand the size of the revolving line of credit by an additional $20.0 million at the discretion of
the lenders and upon certain conditions being met. Maximum borrowings and available capacity under the amended revolving PNC Credit
Facility  are  equal  to  the  lesser  of  $70  million  or  a  calculated  borrowing  base  comprised  of  eligible  accounts  receivable  and  eligible
inventory.

All borrowings under the PNC Credit Facility mature and are payable on July 27, 2023. Remaining capacity under the PNC Credit
Facility,  was  $12.5  million  as  of  January  30,  2021.  To  remain  in  compliance  with  our  PNC  Credit  Facility,  we  must  meet  customary
covenants and conditions, including, among other things, maintaining a minimum of unrestricted cash plus unused line availability of $10.0
million  at  all  times.  Certain  financial  covenants,  including  minimum  EBITDA  levels  (as  defined  in  the  PNC  Credit  Facility)  and  a
minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.1 to 1.0, become applicable only if unrestricted cash plus unused line availability falls below
$10.8 million.

On February 22, 2021, we completed a public offering, in which we sold 3,289,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering
price of $7.00 per share, including 429,000 shares sold upon the exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares. After
underwriter discounts and commissions and other offering costs, net proceeds from the public offering were approximately $21.2 million. 
Please refer to Note 22 - “Subsequent Events” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

We have significant future commitments for our cash, which primarily include payments for cable and satellite program distribution
obligations and the eventual repayment of the PNC Credit Facility. Based on our current projections for fiscal 2022, we believe that our
existing cash balances and available credit line will be sufficient to maintain liquidity to fund our normal business operations over the next
twelve  months.  We  further  believe  that  our  financial  resources,  along  with  managing  expenses,  will  allow  us  to  manage  the  anticipated
impact of COVID-19 on our business operations for the foreseeable future which may include reduced sales and net income levels for the
Company. However, the PNC Credit Facility includes certain restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness or prepay existing
indebtedness, to

13

Table of Contents

create liens or other encumbrances, to sell or otherwise dispose of assets, and to merge or consolidate with other entities, which may be
necessary in times of liquidity constraints. Therefore, there can be no assurance that, if required, we would be able to raise additional capital
or reduce spending to have sufficient liquidity to meet our ongoing cash commitments and obligations to continue operating our business.

Covenants in our debt agreements restrict our business in many ways.

The PNC Credit Facility contains various covenants that limit our ability and/or our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, incur
additional  indebtedness  or  prepay  existing  indebtedness,  to  create  liens  or  other  encumbrances,  to  sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of  assets,  to
merge or consolidate with other entities, and to make certain restricted payments, including payments of dividends to common shareholders.
In  addition,  certain  financial  covenants,  including  minimum  EBITDA  levels  and  a  minimum  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio,  become
applicable  if  unrestricted  cash  plus  facility  availability  falls  below  $10.8  million  or  upon  an  event  of  default.  Please  refer  to  Item  7,
“Management’s  Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations-Financial  Condition,  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources-Sources of Liquidity” below for a discussion of the PNC Credit Facility. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the
PNC Credit Facility, the lender could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the PNC Credit Facility to be immediately due and
payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lender could proceed against
the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. The PNC Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the Company’s personal
property,  as  well  as  the  Company’s  real  properties  located  in  Eden  Prairie,  Minnesota  and  Bowling  Green,  Kentucky.  If  the  lender  and
counter  parties  under  the  PNC  Credit  Facility  accelerate  the  repayment  of  obligations,  we  may  not  have  sufficient  assets  to  repay  such
obligations. Our borrowings under the PNC Credit Facility are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates
increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness will also increase even though the amount borrowed remains the
same, and our net income would decrease.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations are negatively influenced by economic conditions that impact consumer

spending. If macroeconomic conditions do not continue to improve or if conditions worsen, our business could be adversely affected.

Retailers generally are particularly sensitive to adverse economic and business conditions, in particular to the extent they result in a
loss of consumer confidence and a decrease in consumer spending, particularly discretionary spending. If macroeconomic conditions do not
continue to improve or if conditions worsen, it could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations
(see our risk factor on the COVID-19 pandemic below).

Our results of operations may be adversely impacted by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, and the duration and extent to which it
will  impact  our  results  of  operations  remains  uncertain.  Our  operations  may  also  be  limited  or  impacted  by  government  monitoring
and/or regulation of product sales in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic.

The global spread of COVID-19 has created significant volatility and uncertainty and economic disruption. The extent to which the
COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business, operations, financial results and financial condition will depend on numerous evolving factors
which are uncertain and cannot be predicted, including: the duration and scope of the pandemic; governmental, business and individuals’
actions taken in response; the effect on our customers and customers’ demand for our services and products; the effect on our suppliers and
disruptions to the global supply chain; our ability to sell and provide our services and products, including as a result of travel restrictions
and people working from home; disruptions to our operations resulting from the illness of any of our employees, including employees at
our fulfillment center; restrictions or disruptions to transportation, including reduced availability of ground or air transport; the ability of our
customers  to  pay  for  our  services  and  products;  and  any  closures  of  our  and  our  suppliers’  and  customers’  facilities.  We  have  been
experiencing disruptions to our business as we implement modifications to employee travel, employee work locations and cancellation of
events, among other modifications. In addition, the impact of COVID-19 on macroeconomic conditions may impact the proper functioning
of financial and capital markets, commodity and energy prices, and interest rates. If any of these effects of the COVID-19 pandemic were to
worsen, it could result in lost or delayed revenue to us. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, we may continue to experience
adverse impacts to our business as a result of any economic recession or depression that has occurred or may occur in the future. Any of
these events could amplify the other risks and uncertainties described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and could materially adversely
affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or stock price.

14

Table of Contents

We are subject to work from home orders and other operations restrictions that could limit our ability to operate our business.

We are subject to work-from-home orders and other limitations on our business in the states in which we operate. The restrictions,
among other things, require us to operate with only certain employees in-person at our facilities. We have focused on taking necessary steps
to keep our employees, contractors, vendors, customers, guests, and their families safe during these uncertain times, which has required that
we  mandate  that  non-essential  personnel  work  from  home,  reduce  the  number  of  personnel  who  are  allowed  in  our  facilities  and  on  our
production  set,  and  implement  increased  cleaning  protocols,  social  distancing  measures,  and  temperature  screenings  for  those  personnel
who  enter  our  facilities.  We  have  also  mandated  that  all  essential  personnel  who  do  not  feel  comfortable  coming  to  work  will  not  be
required to do so. These limitations, as well as additional restrictions that could be placed on our ability to operate by federal, state or local
governments,  could  impact  our  ability  to  operate  our  television  shopping,  distribution  and  other  businesses,  including  by  reducing  the
quality of our broadcasts or delaying shipment of our products. This could reduce our profitability and impact our results of operations.

Our long-term success depends, in large part, on our continued ability to attract new and retain existing customers in a cost-effective

manner.

In  an  effort  to  attract  and  retain  customers,  we  use  considerable  funds  and  resources  for  various  marketing  and  merchandising
initiatives, particularly for the production and distribution of television programming and the updating of our digital strategy to increasingly
engage  customers  through  digital  channels  and  social  media.  These  initiatives,  however,  may  not  resonate  with  existing  customers  or
consumers generally or may not be cost-effective.

We believe that costs associated with the production and distribution of our television programming and costs associated with digital
marketing,  including  search  engine  marketing  and  social  media  marketing,  may  increase  in  the  foreseeable  future.  Our  digital  business
depends on a high degree of website traffic, which is dependent on many factors, including the availability of appealing website content,
user loyalty and new user generation from search engine portals. In obtaining a significant amount of website traffic through search engines,
we utilize techniques such as search engine optimization and search engine marketing to improve our placement in relevant search queries.
Search engines, including Google, frequently update and change the logic that determines the placement and display of a user’s search, such
that  the  purchased  or  algorithmic  placement  of  links  to  our  websites  can  be  negatively  affected.  Moreover,  a  search  engine  could,  for
competitive or other purposes, alter its search algorithms or results causing our website to place lower in search query results. If a major
search  engine  changes  its  algorithms  in  a  manner  that  negatively  affects  our  paid  or  unpaid  search  ranking,  or  if  competitive  dynamics
impact the effectiveness of our search engine optimization and search engine marketing in a negative manner, the business and financial
performance  of  our  digital  commerce  business  could  be  adversely  affected.  Furthermore,  the  failure  to  successfully  manage  our  search
engine  optimization  and  search  engine  marketing  strategies  could  result  in  a  substantial  decrease  in  traffic  to  our  website,  as  well  as
increased costs if we were to replace free traffic with paid traffic. Even if our online commerce businesses are successful in generating a
high level of website traffic, no assurance can be given that our business will be successful in achieving repeat user loyalty or that new
visitors  will  explore  the  offerings  on  our  site.  Monetizing  this  traffic  by  converting  users  to  consumers  is  dependent  on  many  factors,
including availability of inventory, consumer preferences, price, ease of use and website quality. No assurance can be given that the fees
paid to search portals will not exceed the revenue generated by our website visitors. Any failure to sustain user traffic or to monetize such
traffic could materially adversely affect the financial performance of our business and, as a result, adversely affect our financial results. In
addition, customers continue to increase their expectations for faster delivery times with free or reduced shipping prices. Increased delivery
costs, particularly if we are unable to offset them by increasing prices without a detrimental effect on customer demand, and the extent to
which  we  offer  shipping  promotions  to  our  customers,  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

Our inability to recruit and retain key employees may adversely impact our ability to sustain growth.

Our growth is contingent, in part, on our ability to retain and recruit employees who have the distinct skills necessary for a business
that demands knowledge of the general retail industry, merchandising and product sourcing, television production, televised and internet-
based marketing and fulfillment. In recent years, we have experienced significant senior management turnover and reductions in force as
discussed in Note 21 - "Executive and Management Transition Costs" and Note 20 - "Restructuring Costs" in the notes to our consolidated
financial statements. The marketplace for such key

15

Table of Contents

employees is very competitive and limited. Our growth may be adversely impacted if we are unable to attract and retain key employees. In
addition, turnover of senior management can adversely impact our stock price, our results of operations, our vendor relationships and may
make  recruiting  for  future  management  positions  more  difficult.  Further  we  may  incur  significant  expenses  related  to  any  executive
transition  costs  that  may  impact  our  operating  results.  For  example,  in  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018,  the  Company  recorded  charges  to
income of $2.7 million and $2.1 million related to executive and management transition costs incurred, which included severance payments
and other incremental expenses.

Our  ValuePay  installment  payment  program  could  lead  to  significant  unplanned  credit  losses  if  our  credit  loss  rate  materially

deteriorates.

We  utilize  an  installment  payment  program  called  ValuePay  that  enables  customers  to  purchase  merchandise  and  pay  for  the
merchandise in two or more monthly installments. Our ValuePay installment program is a key element of our promotional strategy. As of
January  30,  2021,  we  had  approximately  $49.7  million  due  from  customers  under  the  ValuePay  installment  program.  We  maintain
allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. There is no
guarantee  that  we  will  continue  to  experience  the  same  credit  loss  rate  that  we  have  in  the  past  or  that  losses  will  be  within  current
provisions. A significant increase in our credit losses above what we have been experiencing could result in a material adverse impact on
our financial performance.

We rely on a limited number of independent shipping companies to deliver our merchandise. If our independent shipping companies
fail to deliver our merchandise in a timely and accurate manner, our reputation and brand may be damaged. If relationships with our
independent shipping companies are terminated, we may experience an increase in delivery costs.

We rely on a limited number of shipping companies to deliver inventory to us and completed orders to our customers. If we are not
able to negotiate acceptable terms with these companies or they experience performance problems or other difficulties, it could negatively
impact our operating results and customer experience. In addition, our ability to receive inbound inventory efficiently and ship completed
orders to customers also may be negatively affected by inclement weather, fire, flood, power loss, earthquakes, labor disputes, acts of war
or terrorism, acts of God, and similar factors. Any strike, work stoppage or slowdown at one of our limited number of shipping companies
could cause significant delays in our product shipments, a loss of sales and/or an increase in delivery costs.

The seasonality of our business places increased strain on our operations.

A  disproportional  amount  of  our  sales  activity  normally  occurs  in  our  fourth  fiscal  quarter  of  the  year,  namely  November  through
January. If we do not stock or restock popular products sufficient to meet customer demand, our business would be adversely affected. If
we overstock products, we may  be  required  to  take  significant  inventory  markdowns  or  write-offs,  which  could  reduce  profitability.  We
may experience an increase in our net shipping cost due to complimentary upgrades, split-shipments and additional long-zone shipments
necessary to ensure timely delivery for the holiday season. Additionally, we may be unable to adequately staff our fulfillment and customer
service centers during peak periods, and delivery services and other fulfillment companies and customer service providers may be unable to
meet the seasonal demand. The occurrence of any of these factors could have an adverse effect on our business.

Any acquisition we make could adversely impact the Company’s performance.

From time to time we may acquire other businesses. An acquisition involves certain inherent risks, including the failure to retain key
personnel  from  an  acquired  business;  undisclosed  or  subsequently  arising  liabilities;  failure  to  successfully  integrate  operations  of  the
acquired business into our existing business, such as new product offerings or information technology systems; failure to generate expected
synergies such as cost reductions or revenue gains; and the potential diversion of management resources from existing operations to respond
to  unforeseen  issues  arising  in  the  context  of  the  integration  of  a  new  business.  Additionally,  we  may  incur  significant  expenses  in
connection with acquisitions and our overall profitability could be adversely affected if our associated investments and expenses are not
justified by the revenues and profits, if any.

16

Table of Contents

Risks Relating to the Products We Market and Sell

We  depend  on  relationships  with  numerous  manufacturers  and  suppliers  for  our  products  and  proprietary  brands;  a  decrease  in
product quality or an increase in product cost, the unanticipated loss of our larger suppliers, or the lack of customer receptivity or brand
acceptance to our proprietary brands could impact our sales.

We procure merchandise from numerous manufacturers and suppliers generally pursuant to short-term contracts and purchase orders.
We depend on the ability of these parties to timely produce and deliver goods that meet applicable quality standards, which is impacted by a
number  of  factors  not  within  the  control  of  these  parties,  such  as  political  or  financial  instability,  trade  restrictions,  tariffs,  currency
exchange rates, and transport capacity and costs, among others, and to deliver products that meet or exceed our customers’ expectations.

Our  failure  to  identify  new  vendors  and  manufacturers,  maintain  relationships  with  a  significant  number  of  existing  vendors  and
manufacturers and/or access quality merchandise in a timely and efficient manner could cause us to miss customer delivery dates or delay
scheduled promotions, which could result in the failure to meet customer expectations and could cause customers to cancel orders or cause
us to be unable to source merchandise in sufficient quantities, which could result in lost sales.

It is possible that one or more of our significant brands or vendors could experience financial difficulties, including bankruptcy, be
unable to supply us their product or choose to stop doing business with us, such as a major beauty brand who chose to leave our network
during the second quarter of fiscal 2018 which had a significant negative effect on our fiscal 2018 results. The unanticipated loss of one or a
number of our significant brands or vendors, could materially and adversely impact our sales and profitability.

Our  efforts  to  accelerate  the  development  of  proprietary  brands  may  require  working  capital  investments  for  the  development  and
promotion of new brands and concepts. In addition, factors such as minimum purchase quantities and reduced merchandise return rights,
typically  associated  with  the  purchasing  of  products  associated  with  proprietary  brands,  can  lead  to  excess  on-hand  inventory  if  sales  of
these  brands  do  not  meet  our  expectations  due  to  a  lack  of  customer  receptivity  or  brand  acceptance.  Our  ability  to  successfully  offer  a
wider  assortment  of  proprietary  merchandise  may  also  be  adversely  impacted  if  any  of  the  risks  mentioned  above  related  to  our
manufacturers and suppliers materialize.

If we do not manage our inventory effectively, our sales, gross profit and profitability could be adversely affected.

Our profitability depends on our ability to manage appropriate inventory levels and respond quickly to shifts in consumer demand
patterns. We are also exposed to significant inventory risks that may adversely affect our operating results as a result of seasonality, new
product launches, rapid changes in product cycles, trends and pricing, defective merchandise, spoilage, and other factors. Additionally, the
acquisition of certain types of inventory may require significant lead-time and prepayment and they may not be returnable. If we do not
identify  and  respond  to  emerging  trends  in  consumer  spending  and  preferences  quickly  enough,  we  may  harm  our  ability  to  retain  our
existing customers or attract new customers. If we purchase too much inventory, we may be forced to sell our merchandise at lower average
margins  through  increased  markdowns,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations,  our  overall  gross  margins  and  our
profitability.

We may be subject to product liability claims if people or properties are harmed by products sold or developed by us, or we may be

subject to voluntary or involuntary product recalls, or subject to liability for on-air statements made by our hosts or guest-hosts.

Products  sold  or  developed  by  us  may  expose  us  to  product  liability  or  product  safety  claims  relating  to  personal  injury,  death  or
property  damage  caused  by  such  products  and  may  require  us  to  take  actions  such  as  product  recalls,  which  could  involve  significant
expense incurred by the Company.

We maintain, and have generally required the manufacturers and vendors of these products to carry product liability and errors and
omissions insurance. We also require that our vendors fully indemnify us for such claims. There can be no assurance that we will maintain
this insurance coverage or obtain additional coverage on acceptable terms, or that this insurance will provide adequate coverage against all
potential claims or even be available with respect to any particular claim. There also can be no assurance that our suppliers will continue to
maintain this insurance or that this coverage will

17

Table of Contents

be adequate or available with respect to any particular claims or will fulfill their contractual indemnification duties. Product liability claims
could result in a material adverse impact on our financial performance.

We  may  also  be  subject  to  involuntary  product  recalls  or  we  may  voluntarily  conduct  a  product  recall.  The  costs  associated  with
product recalls individually or in the aggregate in any given fiscal year, or for any particular recall event, could be significant. Although we
maintain product recall insurance, and we require that our vendors fully indemnify us for such events, an involuntary product recall could
result in a material adverse impact on our financial performance. In addition, any product recall, regardless of direct costs of the recall, may
harm consumer perceptions of our products and have a negative impact on our future revenues and results of operations.

In addition, the live unscripted nature of our television broadcasting may subject us to misrepresentation or false advertising claims
by our customers, the Federal Trade Commission and state attorneys general. Our Company is subject to two FTC consent decrees, one
issued  in  2001  and  one  issued  in  2003;  both  have  a  duration  of  20  years.  They  consist  of  claims  involving  recordkeeping,  compliance
policies, and attention to detail on claim substantiation. Violations of these decrees could result in significant civil fines and penalties.

Risks Regarding Our Securities

Our  stock  price  has  experienced  a  significant  decline,  which  could  further  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  raise  additional  capital

and/or cause us to be subject to securities class action litigation.

The  market  price  of  our  common  stock  has  experienced  a  significant  decline  from  which  it  has  not  fully  recovered.  In  2015,  the
market price of our common stock, as reported on The Nasdaq Global Market, declined from a high of $69.90 in the first quarter of 2015 to
a low of $1.35 in the first quarter of 2020. Most recently, on April 21, 2021, the market price of our common stock, as reported on The
Nasdaq  Capital  Market,  closed  at  a  price  of  $7.13  per  share.  The  prices  at  which  our  common  stock  are  quoted  and  the  prices  which
investors  may  realize  will  be  influenced  by  several  factors,  some  specific  to  our  company  and  operations  and  some  that  may  affect  our
sector  or  public  companies  generally.  Our  progress  in  developing  and  commercializing  our  products,  our  quarterly  operating  results,
announcements  of  new  products  by  us  or  our  competitors,  our  perceived  prospects,  changes  in  securities’  analysts’  recommendations  or
earnings  estimates,  changes  in  general  conditions  in  the  economy  or  the  financial  markets,  adverse  events  related  to  our  strategic
relationships, significant sales of our common stock by existing stockholders and other developments affecting us or our competitors could
cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. In addition, in recent years, including the first half of 2020, the stock
market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant effect on the market prices of securities
issued by many companies for reasons unrelated to their operating performance. These market fluctuations, regardless of the cause, may
materially and adversely affect our stock price, regardless of our operating results. In addition, we may be subject to securities class action
litigation as a result of volatility in the price of our common stock, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s
attention and resources and could harm our stock price, business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of The Nasdaq Capital Market and we

could be delisted.

Even though our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market, we cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with
standards necessary to maintain a listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market. Our failure to meet the continuing listing
requirements may result in our common stock being delisted from The Nasdaq Capital Market.

Our business could be negatively affected as a result of the actions of activist or hostile shareholders.

Our  business  could  be  negatively  affected  as  a  result  of  shareholder  activism,  which  could  cause  us  to  incur  significant  expense,
hinder  execution  of  our  business  strategy,  and  impact  the  trading  value  of  our  securities.  Shareholder  activism,  which  could  take  many
forms or arise in a variety of situations, has been increasing in publicly traded companies in recent years and we are subject to the risks
associated with such activism. In 2014, our company was the subject of a proxy contest. Shareholder activism, including potential proxy
contests, requires significant time and attention by management and the board of directors, potentially interfering with our ability to execute
our strategic plan. Additionally, such shareholder activism could give rise to perceived uncertainties as to our future direction, adversely
affect our relationships with key executives and business partners, and make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel.

18

Table of Contents

Also, we may be required to incur significant legal fees and other expenses related to activist shareholder matters. Any of these impacts
could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. Further, the market price of our common stock could be subject to
significant fluctuation or otherwise be adversely affected by the events, risks and uncertainties described in this “Risk Factors” section.

It may be difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so may be beneficial to our shareholders.

We  adopted  a  Shareholder  Rights  Plan  to  preserve  the  value  of  certain  deferred  tax  benefits,  including  those  generated  by  net
operating  losses,  as  described  further  under  Part  II,  Item  5  below.  The  Shareholder  Rights  Plan  may  have  anti-takeover  effects.  The
provisions of the Shareholder Rights Plan could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change of control of us and could
discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over the market price of our common stock.

Risks Relating to Our Television Programming

Changes  in  technology  and  in  consumer  viewing  patterns  may  negatively  impact  our  video  content  viewing  and  could  result  in  a

decrease in revenue.

As  a  multiplatform  interactive  video  and  digital  commerce  retail  business,  we  are  dependent  on  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain
viewers and must successfully adapt to technological advances in the media entertainment industry, including the emergence of alternative
distribution platforms, such as digital video recorders, video-on-demand and subscription video-on-demand (e.g.,  Netflix,  Hulu, Amazon
Prime). New technologies affect the manner in which our programming is distributed to consumers, the sources and nature of competing
content offerings, and the time and manner in which consumers view our programming. This trend has impacted the traditional forms of
distribution,  as  evidenced  by  the  industry-wide  decline  in  ratings  for  broadcast  television,  the  development  of  alternative  distribution
channels for broadcast and cable programming and declines in cable and satellite subscriber levels across the industry. In order to respond
to these developments, we have developed a multiplatform distribution approach, including delivering our content over various streaming
applications such as Roku and Apple TV and distribution through social media platforms. However, there can be no assurance that we will
successfully respond to these changes which could result in a loss of viewership and a decrease in revenue.

The  failure  to  secure  suitable  placement  for  our  television  programming  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain

television viewers and could result in a decrease in revenue.

We are dependent upon our ability to compete for television viewers. Effectively competing for television viewers is dependent, in
part, on our ability to secure placement of our television programming within a suitable programming tier at a desirable channel position or
format. The majority of multi-video programming distributors now offer programming on a digital basis, which has resulted in increased
channel capacity. While the growth of digital cable and these other systems may over time make it possible for our programming to be more
widely  distributed,  there  are  several  risks  as  well.  The  primary  risks  associated  with  the  growth  of  digital  cable  and  alternative  digital
platforms are demonstrated by the following:

● we  could  experience  declines  in  sales  per  digital  tier  subscriber  because  of  the  increased  number  of  channels  offered  on  digital

systems competing for the same number of viewers and the less desirable location we typically are assigned in digital tiers;

● more competitors may enter the marketplace as additional channel capacity is added;
● we may not be able to successfully negotiate renewal terms for our programming distribution agreements that are favorable to us or

that offer our programming to viewers within a suitable programming tier at a desirable channel position and format;

● more programming options being available to the viewing public in the form of new television networks and time-shifted viewing
(e.g., personal video recorders, video-on-demand, interactive television and streaming video over broadband internet connections as
well as increased access to various media through wireless devices);
cable,  satellite,  and  telecommunication  providers  are  facing  competition  from  new  services  which  could  result  in  a  loss  of
subscribers; and
our effective costs of distribution may increase as we deliver programming in multiple channel locations unless we secure increases
in customers.

●

●

19

Table of Contents

New  technologies  have  been  and  are  expected  to  continue  to  be  developed  that  increase  the  number  of  entertainment  choices
available and the manners in which they are delivered. Failure to adapt to these risks will result in lower revenue and may adversely impact
our results of operations. In addition, failure to anticipate and adapt to technological changes in a cost-effective manner that meets customer
demands and evolving industry standards will also reduce our revenue, adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition
and have a negative impact on our business.

We  may  not  be  able  to  expand  or  could  lose  some  of  our  existing  programming  distribution  if  we  cannot  negotiate  profitable

distribution agreements.

We continue to seek reductions in the costs associated with our cable and satellite distribution agreements. However, there can be no
assurance that we will achieve cost reductions in the future or that we will be able to maintain or grow our households on financial terms
that are profitable to us. Certain terms of our distribution agreements allow for increases or decreases in our distribution costs as a result of a
variety of factors, not all of which are within our control. These factors include, but are not limited to, increases or decreases in the number
of  subscribers  receiving  our  programming,  channel  placement  changes,  the  addition  of  a  second  channel  or  other  factors.  Significant
changes to these factors could result in a material increase in our cost of distribution. If we are unable to negotiate new or renewal terms in
our  distribution  agreements  that  are  equal  or  more  favorable  to  us,  our  distribution  costs  could  increase.  In  addition,  the  continued
consolidation  of  the  pay  television  operator  industry  could  cause  us  to  lose  leverage  when  negotiating  new  agreements  or  result  in  less
favorable  terms.  Further,  it  is  possible  that  we  may  need  to  reduce  our  programming  distribution  in  certain  systems  if  we  are  unable  to
obtain appropriate financial contract terms. Failure to successfully renew agreements covering a material portion of our existing cable and
satellite households on acceptable financial and other terms could adversely affect our future growth, sales revenues and earnings unless we
are able to arrange for alternative means of broadly distributing our television programming.

Competition  in  the  general  merchandise  retailing  industry  and  particularly  the  live  television  shopping  and  e-commerce  sectors

could limit our growth and reduce our profitability.

As  a  general  merchandise  retailer,  we  compete  for  consumers  with  other  forms  of  retail  businesses,  including  other  television
shopping  and  e-commerce  retailers,  infomercial  companies,  other  types  of  consumer  retail  businesses,  including  traditional  "brick  and
mortar" department stores, discount stores, warehouse stores, specialty stores, catalog and mail order retailers and other direct sellers. In the
competitive television shopping sector, we compete with QVC, HSN, and Jewelry Television, as well as a number of smaller start-up and
"niche"  television  shopping  competitors.  QVC  and  HSN  both  are  substantially  larger  than  we  are  in  terms  of  annual  revenues  and
customers,  and  the  programming  of  each  is  carried  more  broadly  to  U.S.  households,  including  high  definition  bands  and  multi-channel
carriage, than our programming. The video commerce industry is also highly competitive, with numerous e-commerce websites competing
in every product category we carry, in addition to the websites operated by the other television shopping companies. This competition in the
internet retailing sector makes it more challenging and expensive for us to attract new customers, retain existing customers and maintain
desired gross margin levels.

We may not be able to maintain our satellite services in certain situations beyond our control, which may cause our programming to

go off the air for a period of time and cause us to incur substantial additional costs.

Our  programming  is  presently  distributed  to  cable  systems,  television  stations  and  satellite  dish  operators  via  a  leased
communications satellite transponder. Satellite service  may  be  interrupted  due  to  a  variety  of  circumstances  beyond  our  control,  such  as
satellite  transponder  failure,  satellite  fuel  depletion,  governmental  action,  preemption  by  the  satellite  service  provider,  solar  activity  and
service  failure.  Our  satellite  transponder  agreement  provides  us  with  preemptible  back-up  service  if  satellite  transmission  is  interrupted
under certain conditions. In the event of a serious transmission interruption where back-up service is not available, we may need to enter
into new arrangements, resulting in substantial additional costs and the inability to broadcast our signal for some period of time.

A  natural  disaster  or  significant  weather  event  could  seriously  impact  our  ability  to  operate,  including  our  ability  to  broadcast,

operate websites, process and fulfill transactions, respond to customer inquiries and generally maintain cost-efficient operations.

Our television broadcast studios, internet operations, IT systems, merchandising team, inventory control systems, executive offices

and finance/accounting functions, among others, are centralized in our adjacent offices at 6740 and 6690,

20

Table of Contents

Shady Oak Road in Eden Prairie, Minnesota. In addition, our only fulfillment and distribution facility is centralized at a location in Bowling
Green, Kentucky. Fire, flood, severe weather, power loss, telecommunications failure, hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes, acts of war or
terrorism,  acts  of  God  and  similar  events  or  disruptions  may  damage  or  interrupt  our  broadcast,  computer,  broadband  or  other
communications systems and infrastructures, including the distribution of our network to our customers, at any time. While we have certain
business continuity plans in place, no assurances can be given as to how quickly we would be able to resume operations and how long it
may take to return to normal operations. We could incur substantial financial losses above and beyond what may be covered by applicable
insurance policies, and may experience a loss of sales, customers, vendors and employees during the recovery period.

A  natural  disaster  or  significant  weather  event  could  materially  interfere  with  our  customers’  ability  to  receive  our  broadcast  or

reach us to purchase our products and services.

Our operations rely on our customers’ access to third party content distribution networks, communications providers and utilities like
cable, satellite and OTT television services, as well as internet, telephone and power utilities. A natural disaster or significant weather event
could  make  one  or  more  of  these  third-party  services  unavailable  to  our  customers  and  could  lead  to  the  deferral  or  loss  of  sales  of  our
goods and services.

The  Southwest  Light  Rail  Transit  construction  project  adjacent  to  our  headquarters  and  primary  television  broadcasting  studios
could impact our ability to operate, by disrupting our ability to broadcast our live television programing and could result in a material
adverse effect on our operations, net sales and financial performance.

The construction of the Southwest Light Rail Transit, a 14.5-mile light rail track from Minneapolis to Eden Prairie, began during fiscal
2019  and  is  planned  to  last  through  fiscal  2023.  Our  headquarters  and  primary  television  broadcast  studios,  located  in  Eden  Prairie,
Minnesota are adjacent to a section of the planned light rail line. Construction activities may cause excessive noise, vibrations, or similar
impacts that could disrupt our television broadcast programming, broadcasting studio operations, customer service operations, as well as
other key functions located in our headquarter location or could lead to property damage to these facilities. The potential impacts from this
construction project and the ongoing future operations of the light rail could result in a material adverse effect on our operations, net sales
and financial performance.

Regulatory Risks

Trade policies, tariffs, tax or other government regulations that increase the effective price of products manufactured in China or

other countries and imported into the United States could have a material adverse effect on our business.

A material percentage of the products that we offer on our television programming and our e-commerce websites are imported by us
or our vendors, from China and other countries. Uncertainty with respect to trade policies, tariffs, tax and government regulations affecting
trade between the United States, China and other countries has increased. Many of our vendors source a large percentage of the products
we sell from China and other countries. Major developments in trade relations, such as the imposition of tariffs on imported products, could
have a material adverse effect on our financial results and business.

Failure to comply with existing laws, rules and regulations applicable to our company, or to obtain and maintain required licenses

and rights, could subject us to additional liabilities.

We market and provide a broad range of merchandise and services through multiple channels. As a result, we are subject to a wide
variety  of  statutes,  rules,  regulations,  policies  and  procedures  in  various  jurisdictions  which  are  subject  to  change  at  any  time,  including
laws  regarding  consumer  protection,  privacy,  the  regulation  of  retailers  generally,  the  labeling,  importation,  sale  and  advertising  or
promotion of merchandise, sweepstakes and contests and the operation of warehouse facilities, as well as laws and regulations applicable to
the  internet,  electronic  devices  and  businesses  engaged  in  e-commerce.  These  laws  and  regulations  may  cover  subject  matters  including
taxation,  privacy,  data  protection,  pricing,  payment  processing,  employment,  content,  intellectual  property,  distribution,  mobile
communications,  electronic  device  certification,  electronic  contracts  and  other  communications,  consumer  protection,  unencumbered
internet  access  to  our  services,  the  design  and  operation  of  websites  and  the  characteristics  and  quality  of  our  products  and  services.
Although we undertake to monitor changes in these laws, if these laws change without our knowledge, or are violated by importers,

21

Table of Contents

designers, vendors, manufacturers or distributors or other third-parties with which we do business, we could experience delays in shipments
and  receipt  of  goods  or  be  subject  to  fines  or  other  penalties  under  the  controlling  regulations,  any  of  which  could  adversely  affect  our
business. In addition, our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in fines and proceedings against us by governmental
agencies and consumers, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, unfavorable
changes in the laws, rules and regulations applicable to us could decrease demand for merchandise offered by us, increase costs and subject
us to additional liabilities. Finally, certain of these regulations impact our marketing efforts.

Additionally, existing privacy-related laws, regulations, self-regulatory obligations and other legal obligations are evolving and are
subject to potentially differing interpretations. Various federal and state legislative and regulatory bodies may expand current laws or enact
new laws regarding privacy matters, and courts may interpret existing privacy-related laws and regulations in new or different manners. For
example,  the  State  of  California  enacted  legislation  in  June  2018,  the  California  Consumer  Privacy  Act  of  2018,  which  took  effect
January  1,  2020,  and,  among  other  things,  requires  companies  that  process  information  regarding  California  residents  to  provide  new
disclosures to California consumers, allow such consumers to opt out of data sharing with third parties and provide a new cause of action
for data breaches.

We may be subject to claims by consumers and state and federal authorities for security breaches involving customer information,

which could materially harm our reputation and business or add significant administrative and compliance cost to our operations.

In  order  to  operate  our  business,  which  includes  multiple  retail  channels,  we  take  orders  for  our  products  from  customers.  This
requires  us  to  obtain  personal  information  from  these  customers  including,  but  not  limited  to,  credit  card  numbers. Although  we  take
reasonable  and  appropriate  security  measures  to  protect  customer  information,  there  is  still  the  risk  that  external  or  internal  security
breaches or digital or telecommunications spoofing could occur, including cyber incidents. In addition, new tools and discoveries by third
parties in computer or communications technology or software or other developments may facilitate or result in a future compromise of
consumer information under applicable law or breach of our computer systems. Such compromises or breaches could result in consumer
harm or risk of harm, data loss and/or identity theft leading to significant liability or costs to us from notification requirements, lawsuits
brought by consumers, shareholders or other businesses seeking monetary redress, state and federal authorities for fines and penalties, and
could  also  lead  to  interruptions  in  our  operations  and  negative  publicity  causing  damage  to  our  reputation  and  limiting  customers’
willingness to purchase products from us. Businesses in the retail industry have experienced material sales declines after discovering data
breaches,  and  our  business  could  be  similarly  impacted  by  cyber  incidents.  Reputational  value  is  based  in  large  part  on  perceptions  of
subjective qualities. While reputations may take decades to build, a significant negative incident can erode trust and confidence, particularly
if  it  results  in  adverse  mainstream  and  social  media  publicity,  governmental  investigations  or  litigation.  Theft  of  credit  card  numbers  of
consumers could result in significant fines and consumer settlement costs, litigation costs, FTC audit requirements, and significant internal
administrative costs.

In  addition  to  possible  claims  for  security  breaches  involving  customer  information,  the  secure  processing,  maintenance  and
transmission of customer information is critical to our operations and business strategy, and we devote significant resources to protect our
customer  information.  The  expenses  associated  with  complying  with  a  patchwork  of  state  laws  imposing  differing  security  requirements
depending on the residence of our customers could reduce our operating margins. As mentioned above, there have been continuing efforts
to  increase  the  legal  and  regulatory  obligations  and  restrictions  on  companies  conducting  commerce,  primarily  in  the  areas  of  taxation,
consumer  privacy  and  protection  of  consumer  personal  information,  and  we  may  have  to  devote  significant  resources  to  information
security.

Nearly all of our sales are paid for by customers using credit or debit cards and the increasingly heightened Payment Card Industry
("PCI")  standards  regarding  the  storage  and  security  of  customer  information  could  potentially  impact  our  ability  to  accept  card
brands.

Nearly  all  of  our  customers  pay  for  purchases  via  a  credit  or  debit  card.  Credit  and  debit  card  payment  organizations  continue  to
heighten PCI standards that are applicable to all merchants who accept these cards. These standards primarily pertain to the processes and
procedures for encrypted use and secure storage of customer data. By virtue of the volume of our overall credit card transactions, we are a
Level  1  merchant  which  requires  the  annual  completion  of  a  formal  Report  of  Compliance  ("ROC")  by  a  Qualified  Security Assessor.
Failure to comply with PCI standards, as required by card issuers, could result in card brand fines and/or the possible inability for us to
accept a card brand. Our inability to accept

22

Table of Contents

one  or  all  card  brands  could  materially  adversely  affect  sales. Although  we  received  an  approved  ROC  on  July  31,  2020,  there  is  no
guarantee that we will continue to receive such approvals.

We will be required to collect and remit sales taxes in more states and we may be subject to claims for potential uncollected amounts.

On June 21, 2018, the United States Supreme Court issued a ruling in the South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. et al case which dramatically
increased the ability of states to impose sales tax collection responsibilities on remote sellers, including the Company. As a result of this
new ruling, the Company is now required to collect sales tax in any state which passes legislation requiring out of state retailers to collect
sales tax even where they have no physical nexus. Adding sales tax to our transactions could negatively impact consumer demand, create a
competitive disadvantage (if all retailers are not equally impacted), and create an additional costly administrative burden of complying with
the collection laws of multiple jurisdictions. While we believe we comply with current state sales tax regulations, a successful assertion by
one or more states requiring us to retroactively collect taxes under an "economic nexus" threshold where we currently are not collecting
could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales, as well as penalties and interest.

Technology and Intellectual Property Risks

We significantly rely on technology and information management tools and operational applications to run our existing businesses,

the failure of which could adversely impact our operations.

Our businesses are dependent, in part, on the use of sophisticated technology, some of which is provided to us by third parties. These
technologies  include,  but  are  not  necessarily  limited  to,  satellite  based  transmission  of  our  programming,  use  of  the  internet  and  other
mobile  commerce  devices  in  relation  to  our  on-line  business,  new  digital  technology  used  to  manage  and  supplement  our  television
broadcast  operations,  the  age  of  our  legacy  operational    applications  to  distribute  product  to  our  customers  and  a  network  of  complex
computer hardware and software to manage an ever increasing need for information and information management tools. The failure of any
of  these  legacy  systems  or  operational  infrastructure  elements,  technologies,  or  our  inability  to  have  this  technology  supported,  updated,
expanded or integrated into new business processes or other technologies, could adversely impact our operations. Although we have, when
possible, developed alternative sources of technology and built redundancy into our computer networks and tools, there can be no assurance
that these efforts to date would protect us against all potential issues or disaster occurrences related to the loss of any such technologies or
their use. Further, we may face challenges in keeping pace with rapid technological changes and adopting new products or platforms and
migrating to new systems.

We  may  fail  to  adequately  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights  or  may  be  accused  of  infringing  upon  the  intellectual  property

rights of third parties.

We  regard  our  intellectual  property  rights,  including  patents,  service  marks,  trademarks  and  domain  names,  copyrights  and  trade
secrets, as critical to our success. We rely heavily upon software, databases and other systemic components that are necessary to manage
and support our business operations, many of which utilize or incorporate third party products, services or technologies. In addition, we
license intellectual property rights in connection with the various products and services we offer to consumers. As a result, we are subject to
legal  proceedings  and  claims  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  including  claims  of  alleged  infringement  of  the  trademarks,  copyrights,
patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties. In addition, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property
rights,  protect  trade  secrets  or  to  determine  the  validity  and  scope  of  proprietary  rights  claimed  by  others. Any  litigation  of  this  nature,
regardless of outcome or merit, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management and technical resources, any of which could
adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Patent  litigation  tends  to  be  particularly  protracted  and
expensive. Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights in a meaningful manner or challenges to third party intellectual property we
utilize or that is related to our contractual rights could result in erosion of brand names; limit our ability to control marketing on or through
the internet using our various domain names; limit our useful technologies; disrupt normal business operations or result in unanticipated
costs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

23

Table of Contents

Item 2.  Properties

We own two commercial buildings occupying approximately 209,000 square feet and the related land they occupy in Eden Prairie,
Minnesota (a suburb of Minneapolis). These buildings are used for office space including executive offices, television studios, broadcast
facilities, call center operations and administrative offices. We own an approximately 600,000 square foot distribution facility in Bowling
Green, Kentucky, which we use primarily for the fulfillment of merchandise purchased and sold by us and for certain call center operations.
Our owned real property in Eden Prairie, Minnesota and Bowling Green, Kentucky is currently pledged as collateral under our PNC Credit
Facility.  We  lease  retail  space  in  Saint  Paul,  Minnesota,  which  consists  of  approximately  900  square  feet  and  is  used  for  our  Emerging
segment retailer, J.W. Hulme, and our agreement for such space expires in April 2024. We also lease office space in Juno Beach, Florida,
which consists of approximately 6,400 square feet and is used for our Emerging segment Media Commerce Services brand, Float Left, and
our agreement for such space expires in February 2025.

We  believe  that  our  existing  facilities  are  adequate  to  meet  our  current  needs  and  that  suitable  additional  alternative  space  will  be

available as needed to accommodate expansion of operations.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

For  additional  information  regarding  our  legal  proceedings,  see  Note  18  –  “Litigation”  in  the  notes  to  our  consolidated  financial

statements.

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

Not Applicable.

24

Table of Contents

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

PART II

Market Information for Common Stock

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "IMBI."

Holders

As of April 21, 2021, we had approximately 693 common shareholders of record.

Dividends

We  have  never  declared  or  paid  any  dividends  with  respect  to  our  common  stock. Any  future  determination  by  us  to  pay  cash
dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our results of operations,
financial condition, any contractual restrictions then existing and other factors deemed relevant at the time by the board of directors. We
currently expect to retain our earnings for the development and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on
the common stock in the foreseeable future.

We  are  restricted  from  paying  dividends  on  our  common  stock  by  the  PNC  Credit  Facility,  as  discussed  in  "Management’s

Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Sources of Liquidity."

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

There were no authorizations for repurchase programs or repurchases made by or on behalf of us or any affiliated purchaser for shares

of any class of our equity securities in any fiscal month within the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020.

Sale of Unregistered Securities

During  the  past  three  years,  we  did  not  sell  any  equity  securities  that  were  not  registered  under  the  Securities Act,  that  were  not

previously reported in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q or in a current report on Form 8-K.

Shareholder Rights Plan

During  fiscal  2015,  we  adopted  a  Shareholder  Rights  Plan  to  preserve  the  value  of  certain  deferred  tax  benefits,  including  those
generated  by  net  operating  losses.  On  July  10,  2015,  we  declared  a  dividend  distribution  of  one  purchase  right  (a  “Right”)  for  each
outstanding share of our common stock to shareholders of record as of the close of business on July 23, 2015 and issuable as of that date.
On  July  13,  2015,  we  entered  into  a  Shareholder  Rights  Plan  (the  “Rights  Plan”)  with  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  N.A.,  a  national  banking
association,  with  respect  to  the  Rights.  Except  in  certain  circumstances  set  forth  in  the  Rights  Plan,  each  Right  entitles  the  holder  to
purchase  from  us  one  one-thousandth  of  a  share  of  Series A  Junior  Participating  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock,  $0.01  par  value,  of  the
Company (“Preferred Stock” and each one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock, a “Unit”) at a price of $90.00 per Unit.

The  Rights  initially  trade  together  with  the  common  stock  and  are  not  exercisable.  Subject  to  certain  exceptions  specified  in  the
Rights  Plan,  the  Rights  will  separate  from  the  common  stock  and  become  exercisable  following  (i)  the  tenth  calendar  day  after  a  public
announcement  or  filing  that  a  person  or  group  has  become  an  “Acquiring  Person,”  which  is  defined  as  a  person  who  has  acquired,  or
obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 4.99% or more of the common stock then outstanding, subject to certain exceptions,
or (ii) the tenth calendar day (or such later date as may be determined by the board of directors) after any person or group commences a
tender  or  exchange  offer,  the  consummation  of  which  would  result  in  a  person  or  group  becoming  an Acquiring  Person.  If  a  person  or
group becomes an Acquiring Person, each Right will entitle its holders (other than such Acquiring Person) to purchase one Unit at a price
of $90.00 per Unit. A Unit is intended to give the shareholder approximately the same dividend, voting and liquidation rights as would one
share of common stock, and should approximate the value of one share of common stock. At any time after a person becomes an Acquiring
Person, the board of directors may exchange all or part of the outstanding Rights (other than those held by an Acquiring Person) for shares
of common stock at an exchange rate of one share of common stock (and, in

25

Table of Contents

certain circumstances, a Unit) for each Right. We will promptly give public notice of any exchange (although failure to give notice will not
affect the validity of the exchange).

On July 12, 2019, our shareholders re-approved the Rights Plan at the 2019 annual meeting of shareholders. The Rights will expire
upon certain events described in the Rights Plan, including the close of business on the date of the third annual meeting of shareholders
following the last annual meeting of shareholders of the Company at which the Rights Plan was most recently approved by shareholders,
unless the Rights Plan is re-approved by shareholders at that third annual meeting of shareholders. However, in no event will the Rights Plan
expire later than the close of business on July 13, 2025.

Until the close of business on the tenth calendar day after the day a public announcement or a filing is made indicating that a person or
group has become an Acquiring Person, we may in our sole and absolute discretion amend the Rights or the Rights Plan agreement without
the approval of any holders of the Rights or shares of common stock in any manner, including without limitation, amendments that increase
or decrease the purchase price or redemption price or accelerate or extend the final expiration date or the period in which the Rights may be
redeemed. We may also amend the Rights Plan after the close of business on the tenth calendar day after the day such public announcement
or filing is made to cure ambiguities, to correct defective or inconsistent provisions, to shorten or lengthen time periods under the Rights
Plan or in any other manner that does not adversely affect the interests of holders of the Rights. No amendment of the Rights Plan may
extend its expiration date.

The foregoing summary of the Rights Plan does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the full text of the Rights

Plan agreement, which has been filed as Exhibit 4.2 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

Not applicable.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is qualified by reference to and should be read
in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.
This annual report on Form 10-K, including the following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, may contain certain “forward-looking” information within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
This information involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking
statements.  Discussion,  analysis  and  comparisons  of  Fiscal  2018  and  Fiscal  2019  that  are  not  included  in  this  report  can  be  found  in
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  in  Part  II,  Item  7  of  the  Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 1, 2020.

Overview

Impact of COVID-19 on Our Business

In  light  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  we  have  focused  on  taking  necessary  steps  to  keep  our  employees,  contractors,  vendors,
customers,  guests,  and  their  families  safe  during  these  uncertain  times.  Throughout  the  pandemic,  we  have  mandated  that  non-essential
personnel work from home, reduced the number of personnel who are allowed in our facilities and on our production sets, and implemented
increased cleaning protocols, social distancing measures, and temperature screenings for those personnel who enter our facilities. We have
also mandated that all essential personnel who do not feel comfortable coming to work will not be required to do so. We have experienced
certain disruptions in our business due to these modifications and resource constraints. Restrictions on travel have also negatively impacted
the availability of some of our on-air experts and has eliminated our ability to produce remote broadcasts. We have also experienced longer
ship times in our transportation network, which has driven increased calls into our customer service center and increased wait times.

26

Table of Contents

In view of the COVID-19 pandemic, we reduced spending broadly across the Company, only proceeding with operating and capital
spending that is critical. In addition, we eliminated positions across the ShopHQ segment during the first quarter of fiscal 2020, the majority
of which were in customer service, order fulfillment, and television production. We developed contingency plans to reduce costs further if
the situation deteriorates. We will continue to actively monitor the situation and may take further actions that alter our business operations
as may be required by federal, state, or local authorities or that we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers, suppliers
and shareholders. As a result, at the time of this filing, the COVID-19 pandemic remains fluid and we are unable to determine or predict the
overall impact it will have on our business, results of operations, liquidity, or capital resources.

Despite these past and potential adverse impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, we believe it has impacted our business less than other
media  companies  because  of  our  direct-to-consumer  business  model  that  serves  home-bound  consumers  seeking  to  buy  goods  without
leaving the safety of their homes. As a result, beginning at the end of March 2020 and continuing through the third quarter of 2020, we
observed  an  increase  in  demand  for  merchandise  within  our  beauty  &  wellness  product  category,  particularly  in  health  products,  and
decreases in demand for merchandise within our fashion category and higher priced merchandise within our jewelry category. During the
fourth quarter of 2020, we shifted airtime into higher priced merchandise in our jewelry category, as we observed a rebound in demand, and
decreased airtime in health related products in our beauty & wellness product category. We have continued to offer our installment payment
option. While we expect demand for our products will continue, we cannot estimate the impact that the COVID-19 pandemic will have on
our business in the future due to the unpredictable nature of the ultimate scope and duration of the pandemic. As the COVID-19 pandemic
continues, there is risk of changes in consumer demand, consumer spending patterns, and changes in consumer tastes which may adversely
affect our operating results.

Summary Results for Fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018

Consolidated  net  sales  during  fiscal  2020  were  $454.2  million  compared  to  $501.8  million  during  fiscal  2019,  a  9%  decrease.
Consolidated net sales during fiscal 2019 were $501.8 million compared to $596.6 million during fiscal 2018, a 16% decrease. We reported
an operating loss of $7.9 million and a net loss of $13.2 million for fiscal 2020. The operating loss and net loss for fiscal 2020 included
restructuring  costs  of  $715,000  and  transaction,  settlement  and  integration  costs  totaling  $1.2  million.  We  reported  an  operating  loss  of
$52.5 million and a net loss of $56.3 million for fiscal 2019. The operating loss and net loss for fiscal 2019 included restructuring costs of
$9.2 million; a non-cash inventory write-down of $6.1 million; executive and management transition costs of $2.7 million; rebranding costs
of $1.3 million; and transaction, settlement and integration costs, net, totaling $694,000. We reported an operating loss of $18.6 million and
a net loss of $22.2 million for fiscal 2018. The operating loss and net loss for fiscal 2018 included executive and management transition
costs of $2.1 million; transaction, settlement and integrations costs of $1.5 million; and a gain of $665,000 related to the sale of our Boston
television station.

Public Equity Offering

On August 28, 2020, we completed a public offering, in which we issued and sold 2,760,000 shares of our common stock at a public
offering price of $6.25 per share, including 360,000 shares sold upon the exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares.
After  underwriter  discounts  and  commissions  and  other  offering  costs,  net  proceeds  from  the  public  offering  were  approximately  $15.8
million. We are using the proceeds for general working capital purposes.

Private Placement

On April 14, 2020, we entered into a common stock and warrant purchase agreement with certain individuals and entities, pursuant to
which we sold an aggregate of 1,836,314 shares of our common stock, issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 979,190 shares of our
common stock at a price of $2.66 per share, and fully-paid warrants to purchase an aggregate 114,698 shares of our common stock at a
price of $0.001 per share in a private placement, for an aggregate cash purchase price of $4.0 million. The initial closing occurred on April
17, 2020 and we received gross proceeds of $1.5 million. The additional closings occurred on May 22, 2020, June 8, 2020, June 12, 2020
and  July  11,  2020  and  we  received  aggregate  gross  proceeds  of  $2.5  million.  We  have  used  the  proceeds  for  general  working  capital
purposes.

 The purchasers consisted of the following: Invicta Media Investments, LLC, Michael and Leah Friedman and Hacienda Jackson LLC.
Invicta Media Investments, LLC is owned by Invicta Watch Company of America, Inc. (“IWCA”), which is the designer and manufacturer
of Invicta-branded watches and watch accessories, one of our largest and longest

27

Table of Contents

tenured brands. Michael and Leah Friedman are owners and officers of Sterling Time, LLC, which is the exclusive distributor of IWCA’s
watches and watch accessories for television home shopping and our long-time vendor. IWCA is owned by our Vice Chair and director,
Eyal Lalo, and Michael Friedman also serves as a director of our company. A description of the relationship between the Company, IWCA
and  Sterling  Time  is  contained  in  Note  19  -  “Related  Party  Transactions”  in  the  notes  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  Further,
Invicta Media Investments, LLC and Michael and Leah Friedman comprise a “group” of investors within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of
the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that is our largest shareholder.

The  warrants  have  an  exercise  price  per  share  of  $2.66  and  are  exercisable  at  any  time  and  from  time  to  time  from  six  months
following their issuance date until April 14, 2025. We have included a blocker provision in the purchase agreement whereby no purchaser
may be issued shares of our common stock if the purchaser would own over 19.999% of our outstanding common stock and, to the extent a
purchaser in this offering would own over 19.999% of our outstanding common stock, that purchaser will receive fully-paid warrants (in
contrast  to  the  coverage  warrants  that  will  be  issued  in  this  transaction,  as  described  above)  in  lieu  of  the  shares  that  would  place  such
holder’s  ownership  over  19.999%.  Further,  we  included  a  similar  blocker  in  the  warrants  (and  amended  the  warrants  purchased  by  the
purchasers on May 2, 2019, if any) whereby no purchaser of the warrants may exercise a warrant if the holder would own over 19.999% of
our outstanding common stock.

Restructuring Costs

During fiscal 2020, the Company implemented and completed another cost optimization initiative, which eliminated positions across
the ShopHQ segment, the majority of which were in customer service, order fulfillment and television production. As a result of the fiscal
2020 cost optimization initiative, we recorded restructuring charges of $715,000 for fiscal 2020, which relate primarily to severance and
other incremental costs associated with the consolidation and elimination of positions across the ShopHQ segment. These initiatives were
substantially completed as of January 30, 2021, with related cash payments expected to continue through the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021.
The fiscal 2020 optimization initiative is expected to eliminate approximately $16 million in annual overhead costs.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain statement of operations data expressed as a percentage of net sales.

Net sales
Gross margin
Operating expenses:

Distribution and selling
General and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Restructuring costs
Executive and management transition costs
Gain on sale of television station

Total operating expenses
Operating loss
Interest expense, net
Loss before income taxes
Income tax provision

Net loss

28

Fiscal Year Ended
January 30,      February 1,      February 2,  
2020
 100.0 %  
 32.6 %  

2021
 100.0 %  
 36.8 %  

2019
 100.0 %
 34.7 %

 28.6 %  
 4.5 %  
 5.3 %  
 0.1 %  
 — %  
 — %  
 38.5 %  
 (1.7)%  
 (1.2)%  
 (2.9)%  
 — %  
 (2.9)%  

 34.0 %  
 5.1 %  
 1.6 %  
 1.8 %  
 0.6 %  
 — %  
 43.1 %  
 (10.5) %  
 (0.7)%  
 (11.2) %  
 — %  
 (11.2) %  

 32.2 %
 4.3 %
 1.0 %
 — %
 0.4 %
 (0.1)%
 37.8 %
 (3.1)%
 (0.6)%
 (3.7)%
 — %
 (3.7)%

 
 
    
    
  
Table of Contents

Key Operating Metrics

Merchandise Metrics

Gross margin %
Net shipped units (in thousands)
Average selling price
Return rate
ShopHQ Digital net sales % (a)
Total Customers - 12 Month Rolling (in thousands)

January 30,
2021

     Change     

Fiscal Year Ended
February 1,
2020

     Change     

February 2,
2019

 36.8 %  

 6,497  
$61  
 14.8 %  
 50.8 %  

 1,020  

 420  bps
 (5)%  
 (6)%  
 (460)bps  
 (190)bps  
 (2)%  

 32.6 %  

 6,872  
$65  
 19.4 %  
 52.7 %  

 1,041  

 (210)bps
 (26)%  
 12 %  
 40 bps  
 (40)bps  
 (14)%    

 34.7 %

 9,235
$58
 19.0 %
 53.1 %

 1,205

(a) Digital  net  sales  percentage  is  calculated  based  on  net  sales  that  are  generated  from  our  transactional  websites  and  mobile  platforms,

which are primarily ordered directly online.

Program Distribution

ShopHQ reached more than 80 million homes as of January 30, 2021. We continue to increase the number of channels on existing
distribution platforms and alternative distribution methods, including reaching deals to launch our programming on high definition ("HD")
channels. We believe that our distribution strategy of pursuing additional channels in productive homes already receiving our programming
is a more balanced approach to growing our business than merely adding new television homes in untested areas. We believe that having an
HD feed of our service allows us to attract new viewers and customers.

Television Distribution Rights

During fiscal 2020, we entered into certain affiliation agreements with television providers for carriage of our television programming
over their systems, including channel placement rights. As a result, we recorded a television distribution rights asset of $43.7 million. The
liability  relating  to  the  television  distribution  rights  was  $36.5  million  as  of  January  30,  2021,  of  which  $29.2  million  was  classified  as
current. We believe having favorable channel positioning within the general entertainment area on the distributor's channel line-up impacts
our sales. We believe that a portion of our sales is attributable to purchases resulting from channel "surfing" and that a channel position
near popular cable networks increases the likelihood of such purchases. See Note 2 – “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the
notes to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion on our accounting policy for television distribution rights.

Net Shipped Units

The number of net shipped units (shipped units less returned units) during fiscal 2020 decreased 5% from fiscal 2019 to 6.5 million
from 6.9 million. The number of net shipped units during fiscal 2019 decreased 26% from fiscal 2018 to 6.9 million from 9.2 million. The
decrease in the net shipped units during fiscal 2020 was driven primarily by a decrease in consolidated net sales, partially offset by a mix
shift into health products within our beauty & wellness product category. The decrease in net units shipped during fiscal 2019 was primarily
driven  by  a  decrease  in  consolidated  net  sales  and  by  offering  a  higher  average  selling  price  in  our  jewelry  &  watches  and  home  &
consumer electronics product categories. The decrease in net shipped units during fiscal 2019 was also driven by shifting our merchandise
mix out of fashion & accessories, which is a high unit volume sales category.

Average Selling Price

The  average  selling  price  ("ASP")  per  net  unit  was  $61  in  fiscal  2020,  a  6%  decrease  from  fiscal  2019.  The  decrease  in  the ASP
during fiscal 2020 was primarily driven by a mix shift into health products within our beauty & wellness product category, which was a
lower ASP assortment. For fiscal 2019, the ASP was $65, a 12% increase from fiscal 2018. The increase in the ASP during fiscal 2019 was
primarily  driven  by  a  mix  shift  into  jewelry  &  watches  from  our  fashion  &  accessories  category,  combined  with ASP  increases  in  our
jewelry & watches and home & consumer electronics product categories.

29

 
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Product Return Rates

Our product return rate was 14.8% in fiscal 2020 compared to 19.4% in fiscal 2019, a 460 bps decrease. The decrease in the fiscal
2020 return rate was driven by return rate decreases in all product categories, primarily in our jewelry & watches and beauty & wellness
product categories. The decrease in the return rate was additionally driven by a sales mix shift out of jewelry and into beauty & wellness,
which has a lower return rate. Our return rate was 19.4% in fiscal 2019 and 19.0% in fiscal 2018. We continue to monitor our product return
rates in an effort to keep our overall product return rates commensurate with our current product mix and our average selling price levels.

Total Customers

Total  customers  is  determined  by  counting  the  total  customers  who  made  a  purchase  during  the  prior  12  months.  Total  customers
during  the  last  twelve  months,  as  of  January  30,  2021,  decreased  2%  from  the  prior  year  to  approximately  1,020,000.  Total  customers
purchasing over the last twelve months, as of February 1, 2020, decreased 14% from the prior year to 1,041,000.

Total  customers  have  declined  for  the  last  six  years,  primarily  driven  by  decreases  in  attracting  new  customers  compared  to  the
prior  year.  Although  we  increased  our  new  customers  during  fiscal  2020  compared  to  the  prior  year,  we  are  continually  working  on
reversing this trend by implementing the following initiatives, among others, to increase our active customer file:

●

●

●

introducing by appointment viewing “static programming,” so viewers know when to tune in;

launching innovative programming, such as “Learning to Cook with Shaq,” “Fashion Talk with Fatima,” and “GemHQ”; and

establishing category specific customer growth priorities around ASP, product assortment and product margins.

Net Sales

Consolidated  net  sales,  inclusive  of  shipping  and  handling  revenue,  for  fiscal  2020  were  $454.2  million,  a  9%  decrease  from
consolidated net sales of $501.8 million for fiscal 2019. Consolidated net sales, inclusive of shipping and handling revenue, for fiscal 2019
were $501.8 million, a 16% decrease from consolidated net sales of $596.6 million for fiscal 2018.

Net Sales Trends

During fiscal 2020 and 2019, our consolidated net sales, inclusive of shipping and handling revenue, decreased 9% and 16%, which
continued a multi-year trend of net sales decreases. Our continued decrease in net sales was primarily driven by a 2% and 14% decline in
our  12-month  active  customer  file  (as  discussed  under  “Total  Customers”  above).  This  trend  has  been  a  significant  driver  of  our  sales
decreases over the prior two years.

Fiscal 2020 Consolidated Net Sales Compared to Fiscal 2019

ShopHQ

Net merchandise sales by category:

Jewelry & Watches
Home & Consumer Electronics
Beauty & Wellness
Fashion & Accessories
All other (primarily shipping & handling revenue)

Total ShopHQ

Emerging

Consolidated net sales

30

For the Fiscal Years Ended
     January 30,      February 1,     

2021

2020
(dollars in thousands)

Change

% Change  

$  161,999
 62,910
 124,222
 45,261
 42,750
 437,142
 17,029
$  454,171

$  200,893
 106,025
 80,945
 65,616
 42,628
 496,107
 5,715
$  501,822

$  (38,894)  
 (43,115)  
 43,277  
 (20,355)  
 122  
 (58,965)  
 11,314  
$  (47,651)  

 (19)%
 (41)%
 53 %
 (31)%
 0 %
 (12)%
 198 %
 (9)%

 
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Jewelry & Watches: The $38.9 million decrease in jewelry & watches was primarily due to decreased airtime of 13%. The decrease was
additionally  driven  by  reduced  productivity  (sales  per  on-air  minute)  from  a  declining  active  customer  file  during  fiscal  2020.
Jewelry & watches continues to be our most productive category. The airtime decreases in jewelry & watches was primarily within
jewelry, as we shifted airtime into beauty & wellness as a result of increased demand for health-related products during the second,
third and fourth quarters.

Home  &  Consumer  Electronics:  The  $43.1  million  decrease  was  driven  by  a  33%  reduction  in  airtime  during  fiscal  2020  and  a

declining active customer file.

Beauty & Wellness: The $43.3 million increase in fiscal 2020 was driven by increased active customers. The increase was also driven

by increased airtime of 78% during fiscal 2020.

Fashion  & Accessories:  The  $20.4  million  decrease  was  driven  by  a  decreased  active  customer  base  and  an  overall  softness  in  this

product category. The decrease was additionally driven by reduced airtime of 19%.

Other: The $0.1 million increase was driven by increased revenue from monthly subscriptions to the ShopHQ VIP customer program,

mostly offset by decreased shipping & handling revenue resulting from the 5% decrease in net shipped units.

Emerging Businesses: The $11.3 million increase was driven by revenue from business initiatives commencing within or following the
comparable  prior  year  period,  such  as  our  third-party  logistics  services  (i3PL),  ShopBulldogTV,  OurGalleria.com,  and  recently
acquired  businesses,  J.W.  Hulme  and  Float  Left. Additionally,  revenue  for  fiscal  2020  includes  the  results  from  ShopHQHealth,
which launched during the third quarter of fiscal 2020. The increase was partially offset by reduced sales from our niche website,
princetonwatches.com.

Digital and Mobile Net Sales

We believe that our television shopping program is a key driver of traffic to both our website and mobile applications whereby many
of the online sales originate from customers viewing our television program and then placing their orders online or through mobile devices.
Our digital sales penetration, or, the percentage of ShopHQ net sales that are generated from our website and mobile platforms, which are
primarily  ordered  directly  online,  was  50.8%  in  fiscal  2020  as  compared  to  52.7%  in  fiscal  2019  and  53.1%  in  fiscal  2018.  Overall,  we
continue  to  deliver  strong  digital  sales  penetration.  Our  mobile  penetration  decreased  to  55.5%  of  total  digital  orders  during  fiscal  2020
versus 57.3% and 54.0% of total digital orders during fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018.

Gross Profit

ShopHQ
Emerging

Consolidated gross profit

For the Fiscal Years Ended
     January 30,      February 1,     

2021

2020
(dollars in thousands)
$  162,809
 828
$  163,637

$  160,190
 6,863
$  167,053

Change

     % Change  

$  (2,619) 
 6,035  
 3,416  

$

 (2)%
 729 %
 2 %

Consolidated  gross  profit  for  fiscal  2020  was  $167.1  million,  an  increase  of  2%,  compared  to  $163.6  million  for  fiscal  2019.
ShopHQ’s gross profit decreased $2.6 million, or 2% compared to fiscal 2019. The decrease in ShopHQ’s gross profit during fiscal 2020
was primarily driven by the 12% decrease in net sales (as discussed above), partially offset by higher gross profit percentages experienced
in most product categories during fiscal 2020. ShopHQ’s fiscal 2019 gross profit includes a non-cash inventory impairment write-down of
$6.1 million. Emerging's gross profit increased $6.0 million compared to fiscal 2019 and was primarily driven by the increase in net sales
(as discussed above).

Consolidated gross margin percentages for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 were 36.8% and 32.6%, which represents a 420 basis point
increase.  ShopHQ's  gross  margin  percentages  fiscal  2020  and  fiscal  2019  were  36.6%  and  32.8%,  which  represent  a  380  basis  point
increase.  The  increase  in  ShopHQ’s  gross  margin  percentage  reflects  the  following:  a  210  basis  point  margin  increase  attributable  to
increased gross profit rates in most product categories, primarily jewelry & watches and home & consumer electronics; a 140 basis point
margin increase attributable to a shift into our beauty & wellness category, which typically has a higher margin; a 40 basis point increase
due to higher shipping and handling margins; and

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

a 10 basis point increase attributable to decreased inventory write-offs. The category gross profit rates were positively impacted by more
disciplined pricing and markdown execution. Emerging's gross margin percentages for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 were 40.3% and 14.5%.
The increase in the Emerging gross margin percentage reflects business initiatives commencing within or following the comparable prior
year period, such as i3PL, ShopBulldogTV, ShopHQHealth, and recently acquired businesses, J.W. Hulme and Float Left.

Operating Expenses

Total  operating  expenses  were  $175.0  million,  $216.2  million  and  $225.5  million  for  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018,
representing a decrease of $41.2 million or 19% from fiscal 2019 to fiscal 2020, and a decrease of $9.3 million, or 4% from fiscal 2018 to
fiscal  2019.  Total  operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales  were  38.5%,  43.1%  and  37.8%  for  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal
2018. Total operating expense for fiscal 2020 included restructuring costs of $715,000. Total operating expense for fiscal 2019 included
restructuring costs of $9.2 million; executive and management transition costs of $2.7 million and rebranding costs of $1.3 million. Total
operating expenses for fiscal 2018 included executive and management transition costs of $2.1 million and a gain of $665,000 from the sale
of our Boston television station. Excluding restructuring costs, executive and management transition costs and the gain on sale of television
station, total operating expenses as a percentage of net sales were 38.4%, 40.7% and 37.5% for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018.

Distribution and selling expense for fiscal 2020 decreased $40.7 million, or 24%, to $129.9 million or 28.6% of net sales compared to
$170.6 million or 34.0% of net sales in fiscal 2019. Distribution and selling expense decreased during fiscal 2020 due to decreased program
distribution expense of $25.6 million, decreased variable expenses of $9.6 million, decreased salaries and benefits of $6.1 million, decreased
online selling and search fees of $905,000, decreased travel expense of $444,000, decreased direct mail advertising of $350,000, decreased
production expense of $204,000, and integration costs included in the comparable prior year period of $383,000 relating to the start-up of
our third party logistics business and launch of our customer loyalty program, called ShopHQ VIP. The decrease from the comparable prior
period was partially offset by increased accrued incentive compensation of $1.6 million and a $1.5 million gain included in the comparable
prior year period related to proceeds on the sale of our claim related to the Payment Card Interchange Fee and Merchant Discount Antitrust
Litigation class action lawsuit. The decrease in program distribution expense was driven by renegotiated agreements with certain cable and
satellite  distributors  resulting  in  lower  rates,  a  decrease  in  access  fees  attributable  to  a  lower  average  number  of  homes  receiving  our
programming,  and  by  acquiring  television  distribution  rights  in  lieu  of  continuing  monthly  subscriber  fee  obligations.  The  decrease  in
variable costs was primarily driven by decreased variable fulfillment and customer service salaries and wages of $5.6 million and decreased
variable  credit  card  processing  fees  and  bad  debt  expense  of  $4.4  million,  partially  offset  by  increased  customer  service
telecommunications  expense  of  $474,000.  Total  variable  expenses  during  fiscal  2020  were  approximately  8.5%  of  total  net  sales  versus
9.5% of total net sales for the prior year comparable period.

To the extent that our ASP changes, our variable expense as a percentage of net sales could be impacted as the number of our shipped
units change. Program distribution expense is primarily a fixed cost per household, however, this expense may be impacted by changes in
the number of average homes or channels reached or by rate changes associated with changes in our channel position with carriers.

General and administrative expense for fiscal 2020 decreased $5.3 million, or 21%, to $20.3 million, or 4.5% of net sales compared to
$25.6 million or 5.1% of net sales in fiscal 2019. For fiscal 2020, the decrease in general and administrative expense was primarily due to
decreased salaries of $2.8 million, decreased share-based compensation expense of $1.3 million, decreased rebranding costs of $1.3 million,
decreased  contract  settlement  costs  of  $602,000,  decreased  travel  expense  of  $155,000,  decreased  costs  of  $121,000  related  to  costs
included in the comparable prior year period to amend our Articles of Incorporation and to effect a one-for-ten reverse stock split of our
common stock, and decreased transaction and integration costs of $94,000. The decrease from the comparable period was partially offset by
increased  accrued  incentive  compensation  of  $720,000  and  increased  costs  of  $183,000  related  to  consulting  fees  incurred  to  explore
additional loan financings and incremental COVID-19 legal costs.

Depreciation and amortization expense was $24.0 million, $8.1 million and $6.2 million for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018,
representing an increase of $16.0 million, or 198% from fiscal 2019 to fiscal 2020 and an increase of $1.8 million, or 29% from fiscal 2018
to fiscal 2019. Depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of net sales was 5.3% for fiscal 2020, 1.6% for fiscal 2019 and 1.0%
for fiscal 2018. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense for fiscal 2020 was primarily due to increased amortization expense
of $16.9 million related to the channel placement

32

Table of Contents

rights obtained during fiscal 2020, increased amortization expense of $309,000 related to the intangible assets acquired during our fourth
quarter fiscal 2019 business acquisitions, and increased depreciation expense of $30,000 resulting from an average net increase in our non-
fulfillment depreciable asset base year over year. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense for fiscal 2020 was partially offset
by decreased amortization expense of $1.3 million relating primarily to the accelerated amortization of the Evine trademark in fiscal 2019.

Operating Loss

We reported an operating loss of $7.9 million in fiscal 2020 compared to an operating loss of $52.5 million for fiscal 2019. ShopHQ
and Emerging reported operating losses of $3.6 million and $4.3 million for fiscal 2020 compared to $47.0 million and $5.6 million for
fiscal  2019.  For  fiscal  2020,  ShopHQ’s  operating  loss  improved  primarily  as  a  result  of  decreases  in  distribution  and  selling  expense,
restructuring  costs,  general  and  administrative  expense,  and  executive  and  management  transition  costs.  ShopHQ's  operating  loss  also
improved  due  to  the  non-cash  inventory  write-down  of  $6.1  million  during  the  comparable  prior  period.  The  improvement  in  ShopHQ's
operating loss was partially offset by increased depreciation and amortization expense and decreased gross profit driven by decreased net
sales. Emerging's operating loss improved during fiscal 2020 primarily from an increase in gross profit of $6.0 million driven by an increase
in net sales and decreased restructuring costs of $938,000. The improvement in Emerging’s operating loss was partially offset by increased
distribution and selling expense of $3.8 million and increased general and administrative expense of $1.8 million.

Interest Expense

Total interest expense for fiscal 2020 increased $1.5 million, or 39%, to $5.2 million compared to $3.8 million for fiscal 2019. During
fiscal 2020, we recorded liabilities relating to television distribution rights, which represent the present value of payments for the television
channel  placement  rights.  The  interest  expense  recorded  during  fiscal  2020  includes  interest  expense  of  $1.4  million  imputed  on  our
television distribution rights obligation. The total television distribution rights liability was $36.5 million as of January 30, 2021, of which
$29.2 million was classified as current in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Estimated interest expense related to the television
distribution obligation is $1.3 million for fiscal 2021 and $212,000 for fiscal 2022. The increase in interest rate expense for fiscal 2020 was
additionally driven by increased vendor financing interest of $277,000, partially offset by a lower average balance outstanding on our PNC
Credit Facility, an impact of approximately $320,000.

Income Taxes

For fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, our net loss reflects an income tax provision of $60,000, $11,000 and $65,000, which
relates to state income taxes payable on certain income for which there is no loss carryforward benefit available. We have not recorded any
income  tax  benefit  on  the  losses  recorded  during  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018  due  to  the  uncertainty  of  realizing  income  tax
benefits  in  the  future  as  indicated  by  our  recording  of  an  income  tax  valuation  allowance.  Based  on  our  recent  history  of  losses,  a  full
valuation allowance has been recorded and was calculated in accordance with GAAP, which places primary importance on our most recent
operating results when assessing the need for a valuation allowance. We will continue to maintain a valuation allowance against our net
deferred tax assets, including those related to net operating loss carryforwards, until we believe it is more likely than not that these assets
will be realized in the future.

Net Loss

For  fiscal  2020,  we  reported  a  net  loss  of  $13.2  million,  or  $1.23  per  basic  and  dilutive  share,  on  10,745,916  weighted  average
common shares outstanding. For fiscal 2019, we reported a net loss of $56.3 million, or $7.54 per basic and dilutive share, on 7,462,380
weighted average common shares outstanding. For fiscal 2018 we reported a net loss of $22.2 million or $3.35 per basic and dilutive share,
on  6,607,321  weighted  average  common  shares  outstanding.  Net  loss  for  fiscal  2020  includes  restructuring  costs  of  $715,000;  interest
expense  of  $5.2  million;  and  transaction,  settlement  and  integrations  costs  totaling  $1.2  million.  Net  loss  for  fiscal  2019  includes
restructuring costs of $9.2 million;  a  non-cash  inventory  write-down  of  $6.1  million;  executive  and  management  transition  costs  of  $2.7
million; rebranding costs of $1.3 million; interest expense of $3.8 million; and transaction, settlement and integrations costs, net, totaling
$694,000.  Net  loss  for  fiscal  2018  includes  executive  and  management  transition  costs  of  $2.1  million,  contract  termination  costs  of
$753,000,  business  development  and  expansion  costs  of  $796,000,  a  gain  on  the  sale  of  our  Boston  television  station  of  $665,000,  and
interest expense of $3.5 million.

33

Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation

Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below) for fiscal 2020 was $23.9 million compared with Adjusted EBITDA of $(18.4) million for fiscal

2019 and $(2.4) million for fiscal 2018.

A reconciliation of the comparable GAAP measure, net income (loss), to Adjusted EBITDA follows, in thousands:

Net loss
Adjustments:

Depreciation and amortization (a)
Interest income
Interest expense
Income taxes

EBITDA (b)

A reconciliation of EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA is as follows:
EBITDA (b)
Adjustments:

Transaction, settlement and integration costs, net (c)
Restructuring costs
Inventory impairment write-down
Executive and management transition costs
Rebranding costs
Gain on sale of television station
Non-cash share-based compensation expense

Adjusted EBITDA (b)

January 30,
2021
 (13,234)

For the Fiscal Years Ended
February 1,
2020
 (56,296)

$

$

$

February 2,
2019
 (22,157)

 27,978
 (3)
 5,237
 60
 20,038

 12,014
 (17)
 3,777
 11
 (40,511)

$

$

 10,164
 (34)
 3,502
 65
 (8,460)

 20,038

$

 (40,511)

$

 (8,460)

$

$

 1,200
 715

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 694
 9,166
 6,050
 2,741
 1,265

 —  

 1,960
 23,913

 2,204
 (18,391)

$

$

$

 1,549
 —
 —
 2,093
 —
 (665)
 3,064
 (2,419)

(a)

Includes distribution facility depreciation of $4.0 million, $4.0 million and $3.9 million for the years ended January 30, 2021, February
1, 2020 and February 2, 2019. Distribution facility depreciation is included as a component of cost of sales within the accompanying
consolidated  statements  of  operations.  The  year  ended  January  30,  2021  includes  amortization  expense  related  to  the  television
distribution rights totaling $16.9 million.

(b) EBITDA  as  defined  for  this  statistical  presentation  represents  net  income  (loss)  for  the  respective  periods  excluding  depreciation  and
amortization expense, interest income (expense) and income taxes. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA excluding non-operating
gains  (losses);  transaction,  settlement  and  integration  costs,  net;  restructuring  costs;  non-cash  impairment  charges  and  write  downs;
executive and management transition costs; rebranding costs; gain on sale of television station; and non-cash share-based compensation
expense.

(c) Transaction, settlement and integration costs for the year ended January 30, 2021 include consulting fees incurred to explore additional
loan financings, settlement costs, professional fees related to the TheCloseOut.com transaction, and incremental COVID-19 related legal
costs.  Transaction,  settlement  and  integration  costs,  net,  for  year  ended  February  1,  2020  includes  contract  settlement  costs  of  $1.2
million; business acquisition and integration-related costs of $246,000 to acquire Float Left and J.W. Hulme; costs incurred related to the
implementation of our ShopHQ VIP customer loyalty program and our third-party logistics service offerings of $658,000, costs incurred
to amend our Articles of Incorporation and to effect a one-for-ten reverse stock split of our common stock of $121,000, partially offset
by a $1.5 million gain for the sale of our claim related to the Payment Card Interchange Fee and Merchant Discount Antitrust Litigation
class action lawsuit. Transaction, settlement and integration costs for the year ended February 2, 2019 includes business development
and expansion costs of $796,000 and contract termination costs of $753,000.

We  have  included  the  term  "Adjusted  EBITDA"  in  our  EBITDA  reconciliation  in  order  to  adequately  assess  the  operating
performance of our video and digital businesses and in order to maintain comparability to our analyst’s coverage and financial guidance,
when given. Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA allows investors to make a meaningful comparison between our core business
operating results over different periods of time with those of other similar

34

 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

companies.  In  addition,  management  uses  Adjusted  EBITDA  as  a  metric  measure  to  evaluate  operating  performance  under  our
management  and  executive  incentive  compensation  programs. Adjusted  EBITDA  should  not  be  construed  as  an  alternative  to  operating
income  (loss),  net  income  (loss)  or  to  cash  flows  from  operating  activities  as  determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP  and  should  not  be
construed as a measure of liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly entitled measures reported by other companies.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

As  of  January  30,  2021,  we  had  cash  of  $15.5  million.  In  addition,  under  the  PNC  Credit  Facility,  we  are  required  to  maintain  a
minimum  of  $10  million  of  unrestricted  cash  plus  unused  line  availability  at  all  times. As  of  February  1,  2020,  we  had  cash  of  $10.3
million. During fiscal 2020, working capital increased $191,000 to $33.7 million compared to working capital of $33.5 million for fiscal
2019  (see  "Cash  Requirements"  below  for  additional  information  on  changes  in  working  capital  accounts).  The  current  ratio  (our  total
current assets divided by total current liabilities) was 1.2 at January 30, 2021 and 1.3 at February 1, 2020.

Sources of Liquidity

Our principal source of liquidity is our available cash and our additional borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility with
PNC Bank, N.A. ("PNC"), a member of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. As of January 30, 2021, we had cash of $15.5 million and
additional  borrowing  capacity  of  $12.6  million.  Our  cash  was  held  in  bank  depository  accounts  primarily  for  the  preservation  of  cash
liquidity.

PNC Credit Facility

On  February  9,  2012,  we  entered  into  a  credit  and  security  agreement  (as  amended  through  February  5,  2021,  the  "PNC  Credit
Facility") with PNC, as lender and agent. The PNC Credit Facility, which includes CIBC Bank USA (formerly known as The Private Bank)
as part of the facility, provides a revolving line of credit of $70.0 million and provides for a term loan on which we had originally drawn to
fund improvements at our distribution facility in Bowling Green, Kentucky and to partially pay down our previously outstanding term loan
with GACP Finance Co., LLC. All borrowings under the PNC Credit Facility mature and are payable on July 27, 2023. Subject to certain
conditions, the PNC Credit Facility also provides for the issuance of letters of credit in an aggregate amount up to $6.0 million which, upon
issuance, would be deemed advances under the PNC Credit Facility. The PNC Credit Facility also provides for an accordion feature that
would allow us to expand the size of the revolving line of credit by an additional $20.0 million at the discretion of the lenders and upon
certain conditions being met. Maximum borrowings and available capacity under the revolving line of credit under the PNC Credit Facility
are equal to the lesser of $70.0 million or a calculated borrowing base comprised of eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory.

The revolving line of credit under the PNC Credit Facility bears interest at either a Base Rate or LIBOR plus a margin consisting of
between 2% and 3.5% on Base Rate advances and 3% and 4.5% on LIBOR advances based on our trailing twelve-month reported leverage
ratio  (as  defined  in  the  PNC  Credit  Facility)  measured  semi-annually  as  demonstrated  in  our  financial  statements.    The  term  loan  bears
interest at either a Base Rate or LIBOR plus a margin consisting of between 4% and 5% on Base Rate term loans and 5% to 6% on LIBOR
Rate term loans based on our leverage ratio measured annually as demonstrated in our audited financial statements.

As of January 30, 2021, we had borrowings of $41.0 million under our revolving line of credit. As of January 30, 2021, the term loan
under the PNC Credit Facility had $12.4 million outstanding, of which $2.7 million was classified as current in the accompanying balance
sheet.  Remaining  available  capacity  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  as  of  January  30,  2021  was  approximately  $12.6  million,  which
provides liquidity for working capital and general corporate purposes. In addition, as of January 30, 2021, our unrestricted cash plus unused
line availability was $28.0 million, we were in compliance with applicable financial covenants of the PNC Credit Facility and expect to be
in compliance with applicable financial covenants over the next twelve months.

Principal borrowings under the term loan are payable in monthly installments over an 84-month amortization period that commenced
on September 1, 2018 and are also subject to mandatory prepayment in certain circumstances, including, but not limited to, upon receipt of
certain proceeds from dispositions of collateral. Borrowings under the term loan are also subject to mandatory prepayment in an amount
equal to fifty percent (50%) of excess cash flow for such fiscal year, with any such payment not to exceed $2.0 million in any such fiscal
year.

35

Table of Contents

The  PNC  Credit  Facility  contains  customary  covenants  and  conditions,  including,  among  other  things,  maintaining  a  minimum  of
unrestricted  cash  plus  unused  line  availability  of  $10.0  million  at  all  times  and  limiting  annual  capital  expenditures.  Certain  financial
covenants, including minimum EBITDA levels (as defined in the PNC Credit Facility) and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.1 to
1.0, become applicable only if unrestricted cash plus unused line availability falls below $10.8 million. In addition, the PNC Credit Facility
places restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness or prepay existing indebtedness, to create liens or other encumbrances, to
sell or otherwise dispose of assets, to merge or consolidate with other entities, and to make certain restricted payments, including payments
of dividends to common shareholders.

Public Equity Offerings

On August 28, 2020, we completed a public offering, in which we issued and sold 2,760,000 shares of our common stock at a public
offering price of $6.25 per share, including 360,000 shares sold upon the exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares.
After  underwriter  discounts  and  commissions  and  other  offering  costs,  net  proceeds  from  the  public  offering  were  approximately  $15.8
million. We are using the proceeds for general working capital purposes.

Subsequent to the end of fiscal 2020, on February 22, 2021, we completed a public offering, in which we issued and sold 3,289,000
shares  of  our  common  stock  at  a  public  offering  price  of  $7.00  per  share,  including  429,000  shares  sold  upon  the  exercise  of  the
underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares. After underwriter discounts and commissions and other offering costs, net proceeds from
the  public  offering  were  approximately  $21.2  million.  Please  refer  to  Note  22  -  “Subsequent  Events”  in  the  notes  to  our  consolidated
financial statements for additional information.

Private Placement Securities Purchase Agreement

On April 14, 2020, we entered into a common stock and warrant purchase agreement with certain individuals and entities, pursuant to
which we will issue and sell shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. The initial closing occurred
on April 17, 2020 and we issued an aggregate of 731,937 shares and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 367,197 shares of our common
stock. We received gross proceeds of $1.5 million for the initial closing. The additional closings occurred during the second quarter of fiscal
2020  with  an  aggregate  cash  purchase  price  of  $2.5  million,  in  which  we  issued  1,104,377  shares  of  our  common  stock,  warrants  to
purchase  an  aggregate  of  611,993  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  a  price  of  $2.66  per  share,  and  fully-paid  warrants  to  purchase  an
aggregate of 114,698 shares of our common stock at a price of $0.001 per share.  See Note 10 - "Shareholders' Equity" in the notes to our
consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Other

Our ValuePay program is an installment payment program which allows customers to pay by credit card for certain merchandise in
two  or  more  equal  monthly  installments.  As  of  January  30,  2021,  we  had  approximately  $49.7  million  of  net  receivables  due  from
customers under the ValuePay program. Another potential source of near-term liquidity is our ability to increase our cash flow resources by
reducing the percentage of our sales offered under our ValuePay installment program or by decreasing the length of time we extend credit
to our customers under this installment program. However, any such change to the terms of our ValuePay installment program could impact
future sales, particularly for products sold with higher price points. Please see "Cash Requirements" below for a discussion of our ValuePay
installment program.

Cash Requirements

Currently, our principal cash requirements are to fund our business operations, which consist primarily of purchasing inventory for
resale, funding ValuePay installment receivables, funding our basic operating expenses, particularly our contractual commitments for cable
and satellite programming distribution, and the funding of necessary capital expenditures. We closely manage our cash resources and our
working  capital.  We  attempt  to  manage  our  inventory  receipts  and  reorders  in  order  to  ensure  our  inventory  investment  levels  remain
commensurate with our current sales trends. We also monitor the collection of our credit card and ValuePay installment receivables and
manage our vendor payment terms in order to more effectively manage our working capital which includes matching cash receipts from
our customers, to the extent possible, with related cash payments to our vendors. ValuePay remains a cost-effective promotional tool for us.
We continue to make strategic use of our ValuePay program in an effort to increase sales and to respond to similar competitive programs.

36

Table of Contents

We also have significant future commitments for our cash, primarily payments for cable and satellite program distribution obligations
and  the  eventual  repayment  of  our  credit  facility. As  of  January  30,  2021,  we  had  total  contractual  cash  obligations  and  commitments
primarily  with  respect  to  our  cable  and  satellite  agreements,  credit  facility,  operating  leases,  and  finance  lease  payments  totaling
approximately $181.2 million coming due over the next five fiscal years. Subsequent to the end of fiscal 2020, we acquired certain assets
related  to  the  Christopher  &  Banks  eCommerce  business.  See  Note  22  -  “Subsequent  Events”  in  the  notes  to  our  consolidated  financial
statements for additional information.  

We  have  experienced  a  decline  in  net  sales  and  a  decline  in  our  active  customer  file  during  fiscal  2020,  2019  and  2018  and  a
corresponding impact to our profitability. We have taken or are taking the following steps to enhance our operations and liquidity position:
completed equity public offerings during the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and third quarter of fiscal 2020 in which we received proceeds of
$21.2 million and $15.8 million, after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions and other offering costs; entered into a private
placement securities purchase agreements in which we received gross proceeds of $6.0 million during the first quarter of fiscal 2019; entered
into a common stock and warrant purchase agreement in which we received gross proceeds of $4.0 million during the first six months of
fiscal 2020; implemented a reduction in overhead costs totaling $22 million in expected annualized savings for the reductions made during
fiscal 2019 and $16 million in expected annualized savings for the reductions made during the first quarter of fiscal 2020, primarily driven
by  a  reduction  in  our  work  force;  negotiated  improved  payment  terms  with  our  inventory  vendors;  renegotiating  with  certain  cable  and
satellite distributors to reduce our service costs and improve our payment terms; reduced capital expenditures in fiscal 2020 compared to
prior years; managed our inventory receipts in fiscal 2020 to reduce our inventory on hand; implemented by appointment viewing "static
programming"  to  increase  viewership;  launching  or  have  launched  new  innovative  programming;  and  establishing  category  specific
customer  growth  priorities  around  ASP,  product  assortment  and  product  margins;  launched  ShopHQHealth,  an  additional  television
network that offers a robust assortment of products and services dedicated to addressing the physical, spiritual and mental health needs of
customers; and entered into a licensing agreement to operate the Christopher & Banks business.

Our  ability  to  fund  operations  and  capital  expenditures  in  the  future  will  be  dependent  on  our  ability  to  generate  cash  flow  from
operations, maintain or improve margins, decrease the rate of decline in our sales and to use available funds from our PNC Credit Facility.
Our ability to borrow funds is dependent on our ability to maintain an adequate borrowing base and our ability to meet our credit facility's
covenants (as described above). We believe that it is probable our existing cash balances, together with the cost cutting measures described
above and our availability under the PNC Credit Facility, will be sufficient to fund our normal business operations over the next twelve
months  from  the  issuance  of  this  report.  However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  achieve  our  strategic  initiatives  or
obtain additional funding on favorable terms in the future which could have a significant adverse effect on our operations.

For fiscal 2020, net cash provided by operating activities totaled $6.2 million compared to net cash used for operating activities of
$6.2  million  in  fiscal  2019  and  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  of  $7.2  million  in  fiscal  2018.  Net  cash  provided  by  operating
activities for fiscal 2020 reflects a net loss, as adjusted for depreciation and amortization, share-based payment compensation, payments for
television distribution rights and amortization of deferred financing costs. In addition, net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal
2020 reflects decreases in inventories, accounts receivable and prepaid expenses, and an increase in deferred revenue; partially offset by
decreases  in  accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities.  Inventories  decreased  primarily  as  a  result  of  disciplined  management  of  overall
working capital components commensurate with sales. Accounts receivable decreased primarily due to lower sales levels, as well as a slight
decrease in the utilization of our ValuePay installment program. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities decreased during the first nine
months of fiscal 2020 primarily due to a decrease in inventory payables as a result of lower inventory levels and timing of payments to
vendors,  a  decrease  in  accrued  severance  resulting  from  our  2019  cost  optimization  initiative  and  2019  executive  and  management
transition, and a decrease in accrued cable distribution fees.

Net cash used for operating activities for fiscal 2019 reflects a net loss, as adjusted for depreciation and amortization, share-based
payment compensation, inventory impairment write-down, and the amortization of deferred financing costs. In addition, net cash used for
operating  activities  for  fiscal  2019  reflects  an  increase  in  inventories;  partially  offset  by  increases  in  accounts  payable  and  accrued
liabilities,  decreases  in  accounts  receivable  and  prepaid  expenses,  and  increases  in  deferred  revenue.  Inventory  increased  as  a  result  of
lower than expected sales during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 and management's plan to increase our air-time in consumer electronics,
which  are  primarily  drop-shipped  from  our  vendors,  and  decrease  airtime  for  merchandise  previously  purchased  in  our  long  lead  time
businesses. Accounts receivable decreased primarily due to lower sales levels, as well as a slight decrease in the utilization of our ValuePay
installment program. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased during the first twelve months of fiscal 2019 primarily due to

37

Table of Contents

an increase in accrued cable distribution fees as a result of negotiated extended payment agreements, an increase in inventory payables as a
result of higher inventory purchases during the holiday season and the timing of these elevated inventory payments made to vendors, and an
increase  in  accrued  severance  resulting  from  our  2019  cost  optimization  initiative  and  2019  executive  and  management  transition.  The
increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities was partially offset by a decrease in freight payables and a decrease in our merchandise
return liability.

Net cash used for investing activities totaled $4.9 million for fiscal 2020 compared to net cash used for investing activities of $7.8
million for fiscal 2019. Expenditures for property and equipment were $4.9 million in fiscal 2020 compared to $7.1 million in fiscal 2019.
The decrease in capital expenditures in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 primarily related to expenditures made for the upgrades in our
customer  service  call  routing  technology  during  fiscal  2019. Additional  capital  expenditures  made  during  the  periods  presented  relate
primarily  to  the  development,  upgrade  and  replacement  of  computer  software,  order  management,  merchandising  and  warehouse
management systems, related computer equipment, digital broadcasting equipment, and other office equipment, warehouse equipment and
production equipment. Principal future capital expenditures are expected to include: the development, upgrade and replacement of various
enterprise  software  systems;  equipment  improvements  and  technology  upgrades  at  our  distribution  facility  in  Bowling  Green,  Kentucky;
security  upgrades  to  our  information  technology;  the  upgrade  of  television  production  and  transmission  equipment;  related  computer
equipment associated with the expansion of our television shopping business and digital commerce initiatives; and the assets acquired to
operate  the  Christopher  &  Banks  eCommerce  business  as  described  in  Note  22  –  “Subsequent  Events”  in  the  notes  to  our  consolidated
financial statements. During fiscal 2019, we paid $635,000 for the acquisition of J.W. Hulme and Float Left.

Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $5.2 million in fiscal 2020 and related primarily to proceeds from our PNC revolving
loan of $26.4 million and proceeds from the issuance of common stock and warrants of $20.0 million, offset by principal payments on the
PNC revolving loan of $39.3 million, principal payments on our PNC term loan of $2.7 million, final payments related to our fiscal 2019
business acquisitions of $238,000, payments  for  common  stock  issuance  costs  of  $216,000,  finance  lease  payments  of  $103,000  and  tax
payments for restricted stock unit issuances of $13,000. Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $3.3 million in fiscal 2019 and
related  primarily  to  proceeds  from  our  PNC  revolving  loan  of  $188.1  million  and  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  common  stock  and
warrants of $6.0 million, offset by principal payments on the PNC revolving loan of $188.1 million, principal payments on our PNC term
loan  of  $2.5  million,  payments  for  common  stock  issuance  costs  of  $109,000,  finance  lease  payments  of  $71,000  and  tax  payments  for
restricted stock unit issuances of $39,000.

Financial Covenants

The  PNC  Credit  Facility  contains  customary  covenants  and  conditions,  including,  among  other  things,  maintaining  a  minimum  of
unrestricted  cash  plus  unused  line  availability  of  $10.0  million  at  all  times  and  limiting  annual  capital  expenditures.  Certain  financial
covenants, including minimum EBITDA levels (as defined in the PNC Credit Facility) and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.1 to
1.0, become applicable only if unrestricted cash plus unused line availability falls below $10.8 million or upon an event of default. As of
January  30,  2021,  our  unrestricted  cash  plus  unused  line  availability  was  $28.0  million,  and  we  were  in  compliance  with  applicable
financial  covenants  of  the  PNC  Credit  Facility  and  expect  to  be  in  compliance  with  applicable  financial  covenants  over  the  next
twelve months.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We  do  not  have  any  off-balance  sheet  arrangements,  investments  in  special  purpose  entities  or  undisclosed  borrowings  or  debt.

Additionally, we are not party to any derivative contracts or synthetic leases.

Impact of Inflation

We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our results of operations for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period
ended  January  30,  2021.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  inflation  will  not  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  operating  results  and  financial
condition in future periods.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 - "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of

recent accounting pronouncements.

38

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  discusses  our  consolidated  financial
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The
preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets
and  liabilities  and  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of
revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and assumptions, including
those related to the realizability of accounts receivable, inventory and product returns. Management bases its estimates and assumptions on
historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the
basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. There can be
no assurance that actual results will not differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Management  believes  the  following  critical  accounting  policies  affect  the  more  significant  assumptions  and  estimates  used  in  the

preparation of the consolidated financial statements:

●

●

Accounts receivable. We utilize an installment payment program called ValuePay that entitles customers to purchase merchandise
and  pay  for  the  merchandise  in  two  or  more  equal  monthly  credit  card  installments  in  which  we  bear  the  risk  of  collection.
The percentage of our net sales generated utilizing our ValuePay payment program over the past three fiscal years ranged from 55%
to 67%. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, we had approximately $49.7 million and $56.9 million due from customers
under  the  ValuePay  installment  program.  We  maintain  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  for  estimated  losses  resulting  from  the
inability of our customers to make required payments. Estimates are used in determining the provision for doubtful accounts and are
based on historical rates of actual write offs and delinquency rates, historical collection experience, credit policy, current trends in
the  credit  quality  of  our  customer  base,  average  length  of  ValuePay  offers,  average  selling  prices,  our  sales  mix  and  accounts
receivable aging. The provision for doubtful accounts, which is primarily related to our ValuePay program, for fiscal 2020, fiscal
2019 and fiscal 2018 was $4.9 million, $7.3 million and $7.8 million. Based on our fiscal 2020 bad debt experience, a one-half point
increase  or  decrease  in  our  bad  debt  experience  as  a  percentage  of  total  net  sales  would  have  an  impact  of  approximately  $1.4
million on consolidated distribution and selling expense.

Inventory. We value our inventory, which consists primarily of consumer merchandise held for resale, principally at the lower of
average cost or net realizable value. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, we had inventory balances of $68.7 million and
$78.9  million.  We  regularly  review  inventory  quantities  on  hand  and  record  a  provision  for  excess  and  obsolete  inventory  based
primarily  on  the  following  factors:  age  of  the  inventory,  estimated  required  sell-through  time,  stage  of  product  life  cycle  and
whether items are selling below cost. In determining appropriate reserve percentages, we look at our historical write off experience,
the specific merchandise categories affected, our historic recovery percentages on various methods of liquidations, return to vendor
contract  rights,  forecasts  of  future  planned  receipts,  forecasts  of  inventory  levels,  forecasts  of  future  product  airings  and  current
markdown processes. Provision for excess and obsolete inventory for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 was $5.5 million, $8.8
million  and  $5.1  million.  The  fiscal  2019  provision  includes  a  non-cash  inventory  write-down  of  $6.1  million  resulting  from  a
change in our merchandise strategy (see Note 17 - "Inventory Impairment Write-down" in the notes to our consolidated financial
statements). Based on our fiscal 2020 inventory write down experience, a 10% increase or decrease in inventory write downs would
have had an impact of approximately $560,000 on consolidated gross profit.

● Merchandise returns. We record a merchandise return liability as a reduction of gross sales for anticipated merchandise returns at
each reporting period and must make estimates of potential future merchandise returns related to current period product revenue.
Our return rates on our total net sales were 14.8% in fiscal 2020, 19.4% in fiscal 2019, and 19.0% in fiscal 2018. We estimate and
evaluate  the  adequacy  of  our  merchandise  returns  liability  by  analyzing  historical  returns  by  merchandise  category,  looking  at
current economic trends and changes in customer demand and by analyzing the acceptance of new product lines. Assumptions and
estimates  are  made  and  used  in  connection  with  establishing  the  merchandise  return  liability  in  any  accounting  period.  As  of
January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, we recorded a merchandise return liability of $5.3 million and $5.8 million, included in
accrued liabilities, and a right of return asset of $2.7 million and $3.2 million, included in

39

Table of Contents

other current assets. Based on our fiscal 2020 sales returns, a one-point increase or decrease in our returns rate would have had an
impact of approximately $2.1 million on gross profit.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Not applicable.

40

Table of Contents

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OF iMEDIA BRANDS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

42
44
45
46
47
48

41

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of
iMedia Brands, Inc. and subsidiaries

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of iMedia Brands Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of January 30,
2021 and February 1, 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three
fiscal  years  in  the  period  ended  January  30,  2021,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  "financial  statements").  In  our
opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of January 30, 2021 and
February 1, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended January 30, 2021,
in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the
Company’s  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S.
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The
Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our
audits,  we  are  required  to  obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an
opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or
fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the
amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  financial  statements.  We  believe  that  our  audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current-period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the
financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or  complex  judgments.  The  communication  of  critical  audit
matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical
audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Inventory Obsolescence Reserve– Refer to Note 2 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company’s inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or net realizable value. The Company maintains an inventory reserve
based primarily on the age of the inventory, estimated required sell-through time, stage of product life cycle and whether items are selling
below cost.  In determining appropriate inventory reserve percentages, the Company evaluates a number of factors including its historical
write off experience, the specific merchandise categories affected, its historic recovery percentages on various methods of liquidations, and
return to vendor contract rights, as well as forecasts of future planned receipts, inventory levels, and product airings.

Inventories, net, and the inventory reserve at January 30, 2021, totaled $68.7 million and $10.0 million, respectively.  

42

Table of Contents

Given  the  significant  judgments  necessary  to  identify  and  record  the  inventory  reserve  timely,  performing  audit  procedures  to  evaluate
management’s  estimates  of  the  net  realizable  value  for  the  inventory  on-hand  as  of  the  reporting  date  involved  a  high  degree  of  auditor
judgment.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our  audit  procedures  related  to  management’s  estimates  of  the  net  realizable  value  for  the  inventory  on-hand  as  of  the  reporting  date
included the following, among others:

● We  evaluated  the  appropriateness  and  consistency  of  management’s  methodology  and  assumptions  used  in  determining  the

inventory reserve.

● We obtained the Company’s inventory reserve calculation and tested the mathematical accuracy.
● We tested the accuracy and completeness of the underlying data used in the calculation of the Company’s inventory reserve.
● We selected a sample of inventory items and evaluated historical sales performance relative to management’s conclusions on the

ability to sell through the inventory on-hand at the forecasted levels.

● We performed a retrospective review of actual product sales activity and the relative gross margins earned subsequent to fiscal year

end to assess potential bias present in the reserve estimate.

/s/  DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
April 23, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002

43

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Current portion of television distribution rights, net
Prepaid expenses and other

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Television distribution rights, net
Other assets
TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Current portion of television distribution rights obligations
Current portion of long term credit facility
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Deferred revenue

Total current liabilities

Other long term liabilities
Long term credit facility

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:

Preferred stock, $0.01 per share par value, 400,000 shares authorized; zero shares issued and outstanding
Common stock, $0.01 per share par value, 29,600,000 and 14,600,000 shares authorized as of January
30, 2021 and February 1, 2020; 13,019,061 and 8,208,227 shares issued and outstanding as of January
30, 2021 and February 1, 2020
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit

Total shareholders’ equity

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

     January 30,

     February 1,

2021

2020

(In thousands, except share and 
per share data)

$

$

$

$

$

$

15,485
61,951
68,715
19,725
7,853
173,729
41,988
7,028
3,892
226,637

77,995
29,509
29,173
2,714
462
213
140,066
8,855
50,666
199,587

10,287
63,594
78,863
—
8,196
160,940
47,616
—
4,187
212,743

83,659
40,250
—
2,714
704
141
127,468
335
66,246
194,049

—  

—

130
474,375
(447,455)
27,050
226,637

$

82
452,833
(434,221)
18,694
212,743

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

44

 
    
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit

Operating expense:

Distribution and selling
General and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Restructuring costs
Executive and management transition costs
Gain on sale of television station

Total operating expense

Operating loss
Other income (expense):

Interest income
Interest expense

Total other expense, net

Loss before income taxes
Income tax provision
Net loss
Net loss per common share
Net loss per common share — assuming dilution
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

For the Fiscal Years Ended
February 1,
January 30,
2020
2021
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

February 2,
2019

$

454,171
287,118
167,053

129,920
20,336
24,022
715

—  
—  

174,993
(7,940)

3
(5,237)
(5,234)
(13,174)
(60)
(13,234)
(1.23)
(1.23)

$
$
$

$

501,822
338,185
163,637

170,587
25,611
8,057
9,166
2,741

—  

216,162
(52,525)

17
(3,777)
(3,760)
(56,285)
(11)
(56,296)
(7.54)
(7.54)

$
$
$

596,637
389,790
206,847

191,917
25,883
6,243
—
2,093
(665)
225,471
(18,624)

34
(3,502)
(3,468)
(22,092)
(65)
(22,157)
(3.35)
(3.35)

$

$
$
$

10,745,916
10,745,916

7,462,380
7,462,380

6,607,321
6,607,321

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Years Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019

Common Stock

Number 
of Shares

     Par Value

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital

Accumulated 
Deficit

Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity

(In thousands, except share data)

BALANCE, February 3, 2018

Net loss
Common stock issuances pursuant to equity compensation
awards
Share-based payment compensation

BALANCE, February 2, 2019

Net loss
Common stock issuances pursuant to equity compensation
awards
Share-based payment compensation
Common stock issuances pursuant to business acquisitions
Common stock and warrant issuance

BALANCE, February 1, 2020

Net loss
Common stock issuances pursuant to equity compensation
awards
Exercise of warrants
Share-based payment compensation
Common stock and warrant issuance

BALANCE, January 30, 2021

65
—  

$ 439,699

$
—  

(355,768) $
(22,157)

83,996
(22,157)

6,529,045

$
—  

262,889

—  

6,791,934

—  

225,293

—  

391,000
800,000
8,208,227

—  

3
—  
68
—  

2
—  
4
8
82
—  

45
3,064
442,808

—  

—  
—  

(377,925)
(56,296)

(41)
2,204
1,852
6,010
452,833

—  

—  
—  
—  
—  

(434,221)
(13,234)

99,822
114,698

—  

4,596,314
13,019,061

$

1
1
—  
46
130

(14)
(1)
1,960
19,597
$ 474,375

$

—  
—
—  
—  
(447,455) $

48
3,064
64,951
(56,296)

(39)
2,204
1,856
6,018
18,694
(13,234)

(13)
—
1,960
19,643
27,050

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

46

    
    
        
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used for) operating
activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Share-based payment compensation
Inventory impairment write-down
Payments for television distribution rights
Amortization of deferred financing costs
Gain on sale of television station
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Deferred revenue
Prepaid expenses and other
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Property and equipment additions
Cash paid for business acquisitions
Proceeds from the sale of assets

Net cash used for investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Proceeds from issuance of revolving loan
Proceeds from issuance of common stock and warrants
Proceeds from issuance of term loan
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Payments on revolving loan
Payments on term loan
Payments for business acquisition
Payments for common stock issuance costs
Payments on finance leases
Payments for restricted stock issuance
Payments for deferred financing costs

For the Fiscal Years Ended

January 30,
2021

February 1,
2020
(in thousands)

February 2,
2019

$

(13,234)

$

(56,296)

$

(22,157)

27,978
1,960

—  

(8,567)
196

12,014
2,204
6,050
—
201

—  

—  

1,643
10,148
98
1,360
(15,351)
6,231

(4,892)

—  
—  

18,285
(18,816)
58
776
29,367
(6,157)

(7,146)
(638)

—  

(4,892)

(7,784)

26,400
20,043
—
—
(39,300)
(2,714)
(238)
(216)
(103)
(13)
—  

3,859
5,198
10,287
15,485

$

188,100
6,000
—
—
(188,100)
(2,488)

—  

(109)
(71)
(39)
—  

3,293
(10,648)
20,935
10,287

$

10,164
3,064
—
—
215
(665)

14,796
3,539
(35)
905
(2,614)
7,212

(8,768)
—
665
(8,103)

239,300
—
5,821
181
(245,300)
(2,325)
—
—
(12)
(133)
(96)
(2,564)
(3,455)
24,390
20,935

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash equivalents
BEGINNING CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH EQUIVALENTS
ENDING CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH EQUIVALENTS

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

47

    
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(1)  The Company

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Fiscal Years Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019

iMedia  Brands,  Inc.  (formerly  EVINE  Live  Inc.)  and  its  subsidiaries  ("we,"  "our,"  "us,"  or  the  "Company")  are  a  leading  interactive
media  company  that  owns  a  growing  portfolio  of  lifestyle  television  networks,  consumer  brands,  media  commerce  services  and  online
marketplaces.  The  Company's  television  brands  are  ShopHQ,  ShopBulldogTV  and  ShopHQHealth.  ShopHQ  is  the  Company's  nationally
distributed  shopping  entertainment  network  that  offers  a  mix  of  proprietary,  exclusive  and  name-brand  merchandise  in  the  categories  of
jewelry & watches, home & consumer electronics, beauty & wellness, and fashion & accessories directly to consumers 24 hours a day in an
engaging  and  informative  shopping  experience.  ShopBulldogTV,  which  launched  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  is  a  niche  television
shopping entertainment network that is geared toward male consumers. ShopHQHealth, which launched in the third quarter of fiscal 2020, is a
health and wellness focused television shopping entertainment network that offers a robust assortment of products and services dedicated to
addressing the physical, spiritual and mental health needs of its customers and their families. The Company's television shopping entertainment
programming  is  distributed  through  cable  and  satellite  distribution  agreements,  agreements  with  telecommunications  companies  and
arrangements  with  over-the-air  broadcast  television  stations.  It  is  also  streamed  live  online  at  shophq.com,  shopbulldogtv.com  and
shophqhealth.com, which are comprehensive digital commerce platforms that sell products which appear on the Company's television shopping
entertainment  networks  as  well  as  an  extended  assortment  of  online-only  merchandise.  The  Company's  programming  is  also  available  on
mobile channels and over-the-top ("OTT") platforms. Both the Company's programming and products are also marketed via mobile devices,
including smartphones and tablets, and through the leading social media channels.

The Company's consumer brands include Christopher & Banks, J.W. Hulme Company ("J.W. Hulme"), Learning to Cook with Shaquille
O’Neal, Kate & Mallory, Live Fit MD, and Indigo Thread. The Christopher & Banks brand was acquired subsequent to the end of fiscal 2020
on  March  1,  2021  through  a  licensing  agreement  with  ReStore  Capital,  a  Hilco  Global  company,  whereby  the  Company  will  operate  the
Christopher  &  Banks  business,  a  specialty  retailer  of  privately  branded  women's  apparel  and  accessories,  throughout  all  sales  channels,
including digital, television, catalog, and brick and mortar retail.  J.W. Hulme was acquired during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019.

The Company's Media Commerce Services brands are Float Left Interactive, Inc. ("Float Left") and third-party logistics business i3PL.
Float Left was acquired during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019. Media Commerce Services offers creative and interactive advertising, OTT
app services and third-party logistics.

The  Company’s  online  marketplaces  include  OurGalleria.com  and  TheCloseout.com.  OurGalleria.com  is  a  higher-end  online
marketplace  for  discounted  merchandise,  offering  an  exciting  shopping  experience  with  a  selection  of  curated  flash  sales  and  events.
TheCloseout.com is an online retail store offering quality products at deeply discounted prices. The Company obtained a controlling interest in
TheCloseout.com subsequent to the end of fiscal 2020 on February 5, 2021.

On July 16, 2019, the Company changed its corporate name to iMedia Brands, Inc. from EVINE Live Inc. Effective July 17, 2019, the
Company’s Nasdaq trading symbol also changed from EVLV to IMBI. On August 21, 2019, the Company changed the name of its primary
network, Evine, back to ShopHQ, which was the name of the network in 2014.

(2)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Fiscal Year

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to January 31 and results in either a 52-week or 53-week fiscal year. References
to  years  in  this  report  relate  to  fiscal  years,  rather  than  to  calendar  years.  The  Company’s  most  recently  completed  fiscal  year,  fiscal  2020,
ended on January 30, 2021, and consisted of 52 weeks. Fiscal 2019 ended on February 1, 2020 and consisted of 52 weeks. Fiscal 2018 ended on
February 2, 2019 and consisted of 52 weeks.

Principles of Consolidation

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries.

Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

48

Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Revenue is recognized when control of the promised merchandise is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration
the  Company  expects  to  receive  in  exchange  for  the  merchandise,  which  is  upon  shipment.  Revenue  for  services  is  recognized  when  the
services are provided to the customer. Revenue is reported net of estimated sales returns, credits and incentives, and excludes sales taxes. Sales
returns are estimated and provided for at the time of sale based on historical experience.

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of account in
Accounting  Standards  Codification  ("ASC")  606.  A  contract’s  transaction  price  is  allocated  to  each  distinct  performance  obligation  and
recognized  as  revenue  when,  or  as,  the  performance  obligation  is  satisfied.  Substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  sales  are  single  performance
obligation arrangements for transferring control of merchandise to customers.

In accordance with ASC 606-10-50, the Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers by significant product groups
and timing of when the performance obligations are satisfied. A reconciliation of disaggregated revenue by segment and significant product
group is provided in Note 11 - "Business Segments and Sales by Product Group."

As of January 30, 2021, the Company had no remaining performance obligations for contracts with original expected terms of one year
or more. The Company has applied the practical expedient to exclude the value of remaining performance obligations for contracts with an
original expected term of one year or less.

The Company’s merchandise is generally sold with a right of return for up to a certain number of days after the merchandise is shipped
and the Company may provide other credits or incentives, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of
revenue to recognize. Merchandise returns and other credits are estimated at contract inception and updated at the end of each reporting period
as additional information becomes available.

The Company evaluated whether it is the principal (i.e., report revenues on a gross basis) or agent (i.e., report revenues on a net basis) in
certain vendor arrangements where the merchandise is shipped directly from the vendor to the Company’s customer and the purchase and sale
of inventory is virtually simultaneous. Generally, the Company is the principal and reports revenues from such vendor arrangements on a gross
basis,  as  it  controls  the  merchandise  before  it  is  transferred  to  the  customer.  The  Company’s  control  is  evidenced  by  it  being  primarily
responsible to the customers, establishing price and its inventory risk upon customer returns.

Merchandise Returns

The  Company  records  a  merchandise  return  liability  as  a  reduction  of  gross  sales  for  anticipated  merchandise  returns.  The  Company
estimates  and  evaluates  the  adequacy  of  its  merchandise  return  liability  by  analyzing  historical  returns  by  merchandise  category,  looking  at
current economic trends and changes in customer demand and by analyzing the acceptance of new product lines. Assumptions and estimates
are  made  and  used  in  connection  with  establishing  the  merchandise  return  liability  in  any  accounting  period. As  of  January  30,  2021  and
February 1, 2020, the Company recorded a merchandise return liability of $5,271,000 and $5,820,000,  included  in  accrued  liabilities,  and  a
right of return asset of $2,749,000 and $3,171,000, included in other current assets.

Shipping and Handling

The Company has elected to account for shipping and handling as activities to fulfill the promise to transfer the merchandise. Shipping
and handling fees charged to customers are recognized when the customer obtains control of the merchandise, which is upon shipment. The
Company accrues costs for shipping and handling activities, which occur subsequent to transfer of control to the customer and are recorded as
cost of sales in the accompanying statements of operations.

Sales Taxes

The Company has elected to exclude from revenue the sales taxes imposed on its sales and collected from customers.

49

Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The Company utilizes an installment payment program called ValuePay that entitles customers to purchase merchandise and generally
pay for the merchandise in two or more equal monthly credit card installments. The Company has elected the practical expedient to not adjust
the  promised  amount  of  consideration  for  the  effects  of  a  significant  financing  component  when  the  payment  terms  are  less  than  one  year.
Accounts  receivable  consist  primarily  of  amounts  due  from  customers  for  merchandise  sales,  receivables  from  credit  card  companies,  and
amounts due from vendors for unsold and returned products and are reflected net of reserves for estimated uncollectible amounts. A provision
for ValuePay bad debts is provided as a percentage of ValuePay receivables in the period of sale and is based on historical experience. As of
January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the Company had approximately $49,736,000 and $56,928,000 of net receivables due from customers
under the ValuePay installment program and total reserves for estimated uncollectible amounts of $3,132,000 and $6,579,000.

Cost of Sales and Other Operating Expenses

Cost of sales includes primarily the cost of merchandise sold and services provided, shipping and handling costs, inbound freight costs,
excess  and  obsolete  inventory  charges,  distribution  facility  depreciation  and  vendor  share  based  payment  compensation.  Purchasing  and
receiving  costs,  including  costs  of  inspection,  are  included  as  a  component  of  distribution  and  selling  expense  and  were  approximately
$5,085,000, $8,730,000 and $10,299,000 for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. Distribution and selling expense consists primarily  of
cable and satellite access fees, credit card fees, bad debt expense and costs associated with purchasing and receiving, inspection, marketing and
advertising,  show  production,  website  marketing  and  merchandising,  telemarketing,  customer  service,  warehousing,  fulfillment  and  share
based compensation. General and administrative expense consists primarily of costs associated with executive, legal, accounting and finance,
information systems and human resources departments, software and system maintenance contracts, insurance, investor and public relations,
share based compensation and director fees.

Cash

Cash consists of cash on deposit. The Company maintains its cash balances at financial institutions in demand deposit accounts that are
federally insured. The Company has not experienced losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on its
cash.

Restricted Cash Equivalents

The Company’s restricted cash equivalents consisted of certificates of deposit with original maturities of three months or less and were
generally  restricted  for  a  period  ranging  from 30  to 60  days.  Interest  income  is  recognized  when  earned. The  following  table  provides  a
reconciliation of cash and restricted cash equivalents reported with the consolidated balance sheets to the total of the same amounts shown in
the consolidated statements of cash flows:

Cash
Restricted cash equivalents

Total cash and restricted cash equivalents

$

Inventories

     January 30,2021      February 1,2020
10,287,000

15,485,000

$

$
—  
$

15,485,000

10,287,000

February 2, 2019
20,485,000
450,000
20,935,000

$
—  
$

Inventories,  which  consists  of  consumer  merchandise  held  for  resale,  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  average  cost  or  net  realizable  value,
giving consideration to obsolescence provision write downs of $5,512,000, $8,798,000 and $5,149,000 for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal
2018. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, inventory obsolescence reserves were $9,985,000 and $12,320,000. Additional disclosure
of the fiscal 2019 obsolescence provision write down is provided in Note 17 - "Inventory Impairment Write-down." During fiscal 2020, 2019
and  2018,  products  purchased  from  one  vendor  accounted  for  approximately 20%, 19%  and 14%  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  net  sales.
During  fiscal  2020,  products  purchased  from  a  second  vendor  accounted  for  approximately 14%  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  net  sales.
These two vendors are related parties and additional information is included in Note 19 - "Related Party Transactions."

50

 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Marketing and Advertising Costs

Marketing  and  advertising  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred  and  consist  primarily  of  contractual  marketing  fees  paid  to  certain  cable
operators  for  cross  channel  promotions  and  online  advertising,  including  amounts  paid  to  online  search  engine  operators  and  customer
mailings.  Total  marketing  and  advertising  costs  and  online  search  marketing  fees  totaled  $3,852,000, $4,673,000  and  $4,561,000  for  fiscal
2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018.  The  Company  includes  advertising  costs  as  a  component  of  distribution  and  selling  expense  in  the
Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Improvements and renewals that extend the life of an asset
are  capitalized  and  depreciated.  Repairs  and  maintenance  are  charged  to  expense  as  incurred.  The  cost  and  accumulated  depreciation  of
property and equipment retired or otherwise disposed of are removed from the related accounts, and any residual values are charged or credited
to  operations.  Depreciation  and  amortization  for  financial  reporting  purposes  are  provided  on  a  straight-line  method  based  upon  estimated
useful  lives.  Costs  incurred  to  develop  software  for  internal  use  and  for  the  Company’s  websites  are  capitalized  and  amortized  over  the
estimated  useful  life  of  the  software.  Costs  related  to  maintenance  of  internal-use  software  and  for  the  Company’s  website  are  expensed  as
incurred. Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount
may not be recoverable. An impairment would be recognized when the carrying amount of an asset or asset group exceeds the future estimated
undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds its
estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount that the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of
the asset.

Television Distribution Rights

Television  distribution  rights  are  affiliation  agreements  with  television  service  providers  for  carriage  of  the  Company’s  television
programming over their systems, including channel placement rights, which generally run from one to three years. Contract payments are made
in installments over terms that are generally equal to or shorter than the contract period. Pursuant to accounting guidance for the broadcasting
industry, an asset and a liability for the rights acquired and obligations incurred under a license agreement are reported on the balance sheet
when the cost of each television distribution right is known or reasonably determinable, has been accepted in accordance with the conditions of
the agreement, and is available for its first use on the affiliate’s system. Television distribution rights are recorded at the present value of the
contract payments and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lives of the individual agreements. Amortization expense for television
distribution rights is included in depreciation and amortization. Television distribution rights are evaluated for impairment whenever events or
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Television distribution rights to be used within one year are reflected
as a current asset in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The liability relating to television distribution rights payable within one
year are classified as current in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The long-term portion of the obligations is included in other
long term liabilities within the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Intangible Assets

Identifiable intangibles with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and those identifiable intangibles with indefinite
lives are not amortized. Identifiable intangible assets that are subject to amortization are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Identifiable intangible assets not subject to amortization are tested
for impairment annually or more frequently if events warrant. The impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible
asset with its carrying amount.

Stock-Based Compensation

Compensation  is  recognized  for  all  stock-based  compensation  arrangements  by  the  Company,  including  employee  and  non-employee
stock option and restricted stock unit grants. The estimated grant date fair value of each stock-based award is recognized as compensation over
the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized net of forfeitures, which
the Company estimates based on historical data. The estimated

51

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

fair  value  of  each  option  is  calculated  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  for  time-based  vesting  awards  and  a  Monte  Carlo
valuation model for market-based vesting awards. The estimated fair value of restricted stock grants is based on the grant date closing price of
the Company’s stock for time-based vesting awards and a Monte Carlo valuation model for market-based vesting awards.

Income Taxes

The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  under  the  liability  method  of  accounting  whereby  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are
recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of the enactment of such laws. The
Company assesses the recoverability of its deferred tax assets and records a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not some portion
of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions within income tax expense.

Net Loss Per Common Share

During fiscal 2018, the Company issued a restricted stock award that meets the criteria of a participating security. Accordingly, basic
income (loss) per share is computed using the two-class method under which earnings are allocated to both common shares and participating
securities. Undistributed net losses are allocated entirely to common shareholders since the participating security has no contractual obligation
to  share  in  the  losses. All  shares  of  restricted  stock  are  deducted  from  weighted-average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  –  basic.
Diluted  net  income  per  share  reflects  the  potential  dilution  that  could  occur  if  securities  or  other  contracts  to  issue  common  stock  were
exercised or converted into common stock of the Company during reported periods and is calculated using the treasury method.

A reconciliation of net loss per share calculations and the number of shares used in the calculation of basic net loss per share and diluted

net loss per share is as follows:

Numerator:
Net loss
Earnings allocated to participating share awards (a)
Net loss attributable to common shares — Basic and diluted

Denominator:

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — Basic (b)
Dilutive effect of stock options, non-vested shares and warrants (c)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — Diluted

Net loss per common share
Net loss per common share — assuming dilution

For the Years Ended
January 30, 2021      February 1, 2020      February 2, 2019

$

$

$
$

(13,234,000) $
—  
(13,234,000) $

(56,296,000) $
—  
(56,296,000) $

(22,157,000)
—
(22,157,000)

10,745,916

7,462,380

—  

—  

10,745,916

7,462,380

(1.23) $
(1.23) $

(7.54) $
(7.54) $

6,607,321
—
6,607,321
(3.35)
(3.35)

(a) During fiscal 2018, the Company issued a restricted stock award that is a participating security. For fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018,

the entire undistributed loss is allocated to common shareholders.

(b) For  fiscal  2020,  the  basic  earnings  per  share  computation  included 21,000  outstanding  fully-paid  warrants  to  purchase  shares  of  the

Company’s common stock at a price of $0.001 per share.

(c) For fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, there were 591,000, 46,000 and 34,000 incremental, in-the-money, potentially dilutive common
shares outstanding. The incremental in-the-money potentially dilutive common stock shares are excluded from the computation of diluted
earnings per share, as the effect of their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

52

    
 
    
    
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

GAAP requires disclosures of fair value information about financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value. In cases
where  quoted  market  prices  are  not  available,  fair  values  are  based  on  estimates  using  present  value  or  other  valuation  techniques.  Those
techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the
derived  fair  value  estimates  cannot  be  substantiated  by  comparison  to  independent  markets  and,  in  many  cases,  could  not  be  realized  in
immediate  settlement  of  the  instrument.  GAAP  excludes  certain  financial  instruments  and  all  non-financial  instruments  from  its  disclosure
requirements.

The Company used the following methods and assumptions in estimating its fair values for financial instruments. The carrying amounts
reported  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  approximate  the  fair  value  for  cash,  short-term  investments,  accounts  receivable,
trade  payables  and  accrued  liabilities,  due  to  the  short  maturities  of  those  instruments.  The  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  variable  rate  PNC
Credit  Facility,  approximates,  and  is  based  on,  its  carrying  value  due  to  the  variable  rate  nature  of  the  financial  instrument.  The  additional
disclosures regarding the Company’s fair value measurements are included in Note 8 - "Fair Value Measurements."

Fair Value Measurements on a Nonrecurring Basis

Assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis relate primarily to the Company’s tangible fixed assets and
finite-lived intangible assets. These assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value only if an impairment is recognized in the current period. If
the Company determines that impairment has occurred, the carrying value of the asset is reduced to fair value and the difference is recorded as
a loss within operating income in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company had no remeasurements of such assets or liabilities to
fair value during fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 or fiscal 2018.

Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  in  the  United  States  of  America  requires  management  to  make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during reporting periods. These estimates relate primarily
to the carrying amounts of accounts receivable and inventories, the realizability of certain long-term assets and the recorded balances of certain
accrued liabilities and reserves. Ultimate results could differ from these estimates.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software,
Subtopic 350-40 (ASU 2018-15), which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is
a  service  contract  with  the  requirements  for  capitalizing  implementation  costs  incurred  to  develop  or  obtain  internal-use  software.  The
Company adopted this standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2020 on a prospective basis. The adoption of ASU 2018-15 did not have a
material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued guidance on the accounting for credit losses on financial instruments, Topic 326, Financial Instruments—
Credit Losses (ASU 2016-13). Topic 326 was subsequently amended by ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial
Instruments—Credit  Losses,  Topic  815,  Derivatives  and  Hedging,  and  Topic  825,  Financial  Instruments  and  ASU  2019-11,  Codification
Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses. Among other provisions, this guidance introduces a new impairment model
for  most  financial  assets  and  certain  other  instruments.  For  trade  and  other  receivables,  held-to-maturity  debt  securities,  loans  and  other
instruments, entities will be required to use a forward-looking “expected loss” model that will replace the current “incurred loss” model that
will generally result in the earlier recognition of allowances for losses. The Company adopted this guidance during the first quarter of fiscal

53

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

2021 on a prospective basis. The adoption of the ASU 2016-13 and subsequent amendments did not have a material impact on the Company’s
consolidated financial statements.

(3)  Property and Equipment

Property and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

Land and improvements
Buildings and leasehold improvements
Transmission and production equipment
Office and warehouse equipment
Computer hardware, software and telephone equipment

Less — Accumulated depreciation

     Estimated 
Useful Life 
(In Years)
—
3-40
5-10
3-15
3-10

January 30,
2021
3,236,000
42,441,000
8,188,000
18,519,000
91,561,000
163,945,000
(121,957,000)
41,988,000

$

$

February 1,
2020
3,236,000
42,239,000
7,919,000
19,353,000
87,348,000
160,095,000
(112,479,000)
47,616,000

$

$

Depreciation expense in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 was $10,662,000, $10,661,000 and $9,999,000.

(4)  Television Distribution Rights

Television distribution rights in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

Television distribution rights
Less accumulated amortization

Television distribution rights, net

     January 30, 2021      February 1, 2020

$

$

43,655,000
(16,902,000) 
26,753,000

$

$

—
—
—

During  fiscal  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  certain  affiliation  agreements  with  television  service  providers  for  carriage  of  the
Company’s television programming over their systems, including channel placement rights. The rights provide the Company with a channel
position  on  the  service  provider's  channel  line-up.  The  Company  recorded  television  distribution  rights  of  $43.7  million  during  fiscal  2020,
which represents the present value of payments for the television distribution channel placement. Television distribution rights are amortized
on a straight-line basis over the lives of the individual agreements. The remaining weighted average lives of the television distribution rights
was 1.4 years as of January 30, 2021. Amortization expense related to the television distribution rights was $16,902,000 for fiscal 2020 and is
included in depreciation and amortization within the consolidated statements of operations. Estimated amortization expense is $19,725,000 for
fiscal 2021 and $7,028,000 for fiscal 2022. The liability relating to the television distribution rights was $36,530,000 as of January 30, 2021, of
which $29,173,000  was  classified  as  current  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  The  long-term  portion  of  the  obligations  is
included  in  other  long  term  liabilities  within  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Interest  expense  related  to  the  television
distribution rights obligation was $1,443,000 during fiscal 2020.

In addition to the channel placement fees, the Company's affiliation agreements generally provide that it will pay each operator a monthly
access fee, most often based on the number of homes receiving the Company's programming, and in some cases marketing support payments.
Monthly  access  fees  are  expensed  as  distribution  and  selling  expense  within  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  See  Note  16  –
“Commitments and Contingencies” for additional information regarding the Company’s cable and satellite distribution agreements.

54

    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(5)  Intangible Assets

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Intangible assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

January 30,2021

February 1,2020

Trade Names
Technology
Customer Lists
Vendor Exclusivity

Total finite-lived intangible assets

Finite-lived Intangible Assets

Estimated 
Useful Life 
     (In Years)     
3-15
4
3-5
5

  $

$

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount
1,568,000   $
772,000  
339,000  
192,000  
2,871,000   $

Accumulated 
     Amortization     

(124,000)  $
(228,000) 
(93,000) 
(67,000) 
(512,000)  $

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount
1,568,000   $
772,000  
339,000  
192,000  
2,871,000   $

Accumulated 
     Amortization
(19,000)
(35,000)
(14,000)
(29,000)
(97,000)

The finite-lived intangible assets are included in other assets in the accompanying balance sheets and consist of the J.W. Hulme trade
name  and  customer  list;  the  Float  Left  developed  technology,  customer  relationships  and  trade  name;  and  a  vendor  exclusivity  agreement.
Amortization expense related to the finite-lived intangible assets was $415,000, $1,353,000 and $165,000 for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal
2018. Estimated amortization expense is $415,000 for fiscal 2021, $410,000 for fiscal 2022, $352,000 for fiscal 2023, $156,000 for fiscal 2024
and $105,000 for fiscal 2025.

In  November  2019,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  J.W.  Hulme  Company  ("J.W.  Hulme").  The  intangible  assets  acquired
through the business combination include the J.W. Hulme trade name and J.W. Hulme customer list valued at $ 1,480,000 and $86,000 and are
being amortized over their estimated useful lives of 15 and three years. See Note 13 - "Business Acquisitions" for additional information.

In November 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of Float Left Interactive, Inc. ("Float Left"). The intangible assets acquired
through the business combination include the Float Left developed technology, the Float Left customer relationships and the Float Left trade
name valued at $772,000, $253,000 and $88,000, respectively, and are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of four, five  and 15
years, respectively.

In May 2019, the Company announced the decision to change the name of the Evine network back to ShopHQ, which was the name of
the network in 2014. The remaining carrying amount of the Evine trademark was amortized prospectively over the revised remaining useful
life through August 21, 2019, the date of the network name change.

In  May  2019,  we  entered  into  a five-year vendor exclusivity agreement with Sterling Time, LLC ("Sterling Time") and Invicta Watch
Company of America, Inc. ("IWCA") in connection with the closing under the private placement securities purchase agreement described in
Note 10 below. The vendor exclusivity agreement grants the Company the exclusive right in television shopping to market, promote and sell
the products from IWCA. The Company issued five-year warrants to purchase 350,000 shares of our common stock in connection with and as
consideration for primarily entering into a vendor exclusivity agreement with the Company, which represented an aggregate value of $193,000.
The vendor exclusivity agreement is being amortized as cost of sales over the five-year agreement term. See Note 10 - "Shareholders’ Equity"
for additional information.

Sale of Boston Television Station, WWDP and FCC Broadcast License

In August 2017, the Company entered into two agreements with unrelated parties to sell its Boston television station, WWDP, including
the  Company’s  FCC  broadcast  license,  for  an  aggregate  of  $13,500,000.  During  fiscal  2017,  the  Company  closed  on  the  asset  purchase
agreement  to  sell  substantially  all  the  assets  primarily  related  to  its  television  broadcast  station,  WWDP(TV),  Norwell,  Massachusetts  (the
“Station”), which included an intangible FCC broadcasting license asset. During fiscal 2018, the Company received the remainder of the sales
price, which resulted from the satisfaction of the Station being carried by certain designated carriers, and recorded a pre-tax operating gain of
$665,000 upon the resolution of this gain contingency.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

(6)  Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

Accrued cable access fees
Allowance for sales returns
Accrued salaries, severance and related
Other

     January 30, 2021     

$

$

11,150,000
5,271,000
4,183,000
8,905,000
29,509,000

February 1, 2020
18,243,000
5,820,000
5,937,000
10,250,000
40,250,000

$

$

(7)  ShopHQ Private Label Consumer Credit Card Program

The  Company  has  a  private  label  consumer  credit  card  program  (the  "Program").  The  Program  is  made  available  to  all  qualified
consumers  to  finance  ShopHQ  purchases  and  provides  benefits  including  instant  purchase  credits,  free  or  reduced  shipping  promotions
throughout  the  year  and  promotional  low-interest  financing  on  qualifying  purchases.  Use  of  the  ShopHQ  credit  card  enhances  customer
loyalty, reduces total credit card expense and reduces the Company’s overall bad debt exposure since the credit card issuing bank bears the risk
of loss on ShopHQ credit card transactions except those in the Company’s ValuePay installment payment program. In July 2020, the Company
extended  the  Program  through August  2021  by  entering  into  a  Private  Label  Consumer  Credit  Card  Program Agreement Amendment  with
Synchrony Financial, the issuing bank for the Program.

(8)  Fair Value Measurements

GAAP utilizes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels.
The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to observable quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities
(Level  1  measurement),  then  priority  to  quoted  prices  for  similar  instruments  in  active  markets,  quoted  prices  for  identical  or  similar
instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the
market (Level 2 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement).

As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 the Company also had a long-term variable rate PNC Credit Facility (as defined below),
classified as Level 2, with carrying values of $53,380,000 and $68,960,000. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, $2,714,000 of the
long-term variable rate PNC Credit Facility was classified as current. The fair value of the PNC Credit Facility approximates, and is based on
its  carrying  value  due  to  the  variable  rate  nature  of  the  financial  instrument.  The  Company  has no  Level  3  investments  that  use  significant
unobservable inputs.

(9)  Credit Agreements

The Company’s long-term credit facility consists of:

PNC revolving loan due July 27, 2023, principal amount
PNC term loan due July 27, 2023, principal amount

Less unamortized debt issuance costs

PNC term loan due July 27, 2023, carrying amount

Total long-term credit facility

Less current portion of long-term credit facility
Long-term credit facility, excluding current portion

PNC Credit Facility

$

January 30,2021      February 1,2020
53,900,000
$
15,155,000
(95,000)
15,060,000
68,960,000
(2,714,000)
66,246,000

41,000,000
12,441,000
(61,000)
12,380,000
53,380,000
(2,714,000)
50,666,000

$

$

On February 9, 2012, the Company entered into a credit and security agreement (as amended through February 5, 2021, the "PNC Credit

Facility") with PNC Bank, N.A. ("PNC"), a member of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., as lender

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

and agent. The PNC Credit Facility, which includes CIBC Bank USA (formerly known as The Private Bank) as part of the facility, provides a
revolving line of credit of $70.0 million and provides for a term loan on which the Company had originally drawn to fund improvements at the
Company’s  distribution  facility  in  Bowling  Green,  Kentucky  and  subsequently  to  pay  down  the  Company’s  previously  outstanding  GACP
Term Loan (as defined below). The PNC Credit Facility also provides an accordion feature that would allow the Company to expand the size of
the  revolving  line  of  credit  by  another  $20.0  million  at  the  discretion  of  the  lenders  and  upon  certain  conditions  being  met.  Maximum
borrowings and available capacity under the revolving line of credit under the PNC Credit Facility are equal to the lesser of $70.0 million or a
calculated borrowing base comprised of eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory.

All borrowings under the PNC Credit Facility mature and are payable on July 27, 2023. Subject to certain conditions, the PNC Credit
Facility also provides for the issuance of letters of credit in an aggregate amount up to $6.0 million which, upon issuance, would be deemed
advances under the PNC Credit Facility. The PNC Credit Facility is secured by a first security interest in substantially all of the Company’s
personal property, as well as the Company’s real properties located in Eden Prairie, Minnesota and Bowling Green, Kentucky. Under certain
circumstances,  the  borrowing  base  may  be  adjusted  if  there  were  to  be  a  significant  deterioration  in  value  of  the  Company’s  accounts
receivable and inventory.

The  revolving  line  of  credit  under  the  PNC  Credit  Facility  bears  interest  at  either  a  Base  Rate  or  LIBOR  plus  a  margin  consisting  of
between 2% and 3.5% on Base Rate advances and 3% and 4.5% on LIBOR advances based on the Company’s trailing twelve-month reported
leverage ratio (as defined in the PNC Credit Facility) measured semi-annually as demonstrated in its financial statements. The term loan bears
interest at either a Base Rate or LIBOR plus a margin consisting of between 4%  and 5% on Base Rate term loans and 5%  to 6% on LIBOR
Rate term loans based on the Company’s leverage ratio measured annually as demonstrated in its audited financial statements.

As of January 30, 2021, the Company had borrowings of $41.0 million under its revolving credit facility. Remaining available capacity
under the revolving credit facility as of January 30, 2021 was approximately $12.5 million, which provided liquidity for working capital and
general  corporate  purposes.  The  PNC  Credit  Facility  also  provides  for  a  term  loan  on  which  the  Company  had  originally  drawn  to  fund  an
expansion and improvements at the Company’s distribution facility in Bowling Green, Kentucky and subsequently to partially pay down the
Company’s previously outstanding term loan with GACP Finance Co., LLC and reduce its revolving line of credit borrowings. As of January
30, 2021, there was approximately $12.4 million outstanding under the PNC Credit Facility term loan of which $2.7 million was classified as
current in the accompanying balance sheet.

Principal  borrowings  under  the  term  loan  are  payable  in  monthly  installments  over  an 84-month  amortization  period  commencing  on
September 1, 2018 and are also subject to mandatory prepayment in certain circumstances, including, but not limited to, upon receipt of certain
proceeds  from  dispositions  of  collateral.  Borrowings  under  the  term  loan  are  also  subject  to  mandatory  prepayment  in  an  amount  equal  to
fifty percent (50%) of excess cash flow for such fiscal year, with any such payment not to exceed $2.0 million in any such fiscal year. The PNC
Credit  Facility  is  also  subject  to  other  mandatory  prepayment  in  certain  circumstances.  In  addition,  if  the  total  PNC  Credit  Facility  is
terminated prior to maturity, the Company would be required to pay an early termination fee of 0.5% if terminated on or before July 27, 2021,
and no fee if terminated after July 27, 2021. As of January 30, 2021, the imputed effective interest rate on the PNC term loan was 6.4%.

Interest  expense  recorded  under  the  PNC  Credit  Facility  was  $3,497,000, $3,758,000  and  $3,499,000  for  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and

fiscal 2018.

The  PNC  Credit  Facility  contains  customary  covenants  and  conditions,  including,  among  other  things,  maintaining  a  minimum  of
unrestricted  cash  plus  unused  line  availability  of  $10.0  million  at  all  times  and  limiting  annual  capital  expenditures.  Certain  financial
covenants, including minimum EBITDA levels (as defined in the PNC Credit Facility) and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of  1.1 to
1.0, become applicable only if unrestricted cash plus unused line availability falls below $10.8 million. As of January 30, 2021, the Company’s
unrestricted cash plus unused line availability was $28.0 million and the Company was in compliance with applicable financial covenants of
the PNC Credit Facility and expects to be in compliance with applicable financial covenants over the next twelve months. In addition, the PNC
Credit Facility places restrictions on the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness or prepay existing indebtedness, to create liens or
other encumbrances, to sell or otherwise dispose of assets, to merge or consolidate with other entities, and to make certain restricted payments,
including payments of dividends to common shareholders.

57

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Deferred financing costs, net of amortization, relating to the revolving line of credit were $243,000 and $406,000 as of January 30, 2021
and  February  1,  2020  and  are  included  within  other  assets  within  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  These  costs  are  being
expensed as additional interest over the five-year term of the PNC Credit Facility.

Maturities

The aggregate maturities of the Company’s long-term credit facility as of January 30, 2021 are as follows:

Fiscal year
2021
2022
2023

Cash Requirements

PNC Credit Facility

Term loan

     Revolving loan     

$

$

2,714,000
2,714,000
7,013,000
12,441,000

$

$

— $
—  

41,000,000
41,000,000

$

Total
2,714,000
2,714,000
48,013,000
53,441,000

Currently, the Company's principal cash requirements are to fund business operations, which consist primarily of purchasing inventory
for resale, funding ValuePay installment receivables, funding the Company's basic operating expenses, particularly the Company's contractual
commitments  for  cable  and  satellite  programming  distribution,  and  the  funding  of  necessary  capital  expenditures.  The  Company  closely
manages its cash resources and working capital. The Company attempts to manage its inventory receipts and reorders in order to ensure its
inventory investment levels remain commensurate with the Company's current sales trends. The Company also monitors the collection of its
credit  card  and  ValuePay  installment  receivables  and  manages  vendor  payment  terms  in  order  to  more  effectively  manage  the  Company's
working capital which includes matching cash receipts from the Company's customers, to the extent possible, with related cash payments to the
Company's vendors. ValuePay remains a cost-effective promotional tool for the Company. The Company continues to make strategic use of its
ValuePay program in an effort to increase sales and to respond to similar competitive programs.

The  Company  experienced  a  decline  in  net  sales  and  a  decline  in  its  active  customer  file  during  fiscal  2020,  2019  and  2018  and  a
corresponding impact to the Company's profitability. The Company has taken or is taking the following steps to enhance its operations and
liquidity  position:  completed  equity  public  offerings  during  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2021  and  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2020  in  which  the
Company received proceeds of $21.2  million  and  $15.8  million,  respectively,  after  deducting  underwriters’  discounts  and  commissions  and
other  offering  costs;  entered  into  a  private  placement  securities  purchase  agreement  in  which  the  Company  received  gross  proceeds  of  $6.0
million during the first quarter of fiscal 2019; entered into a common stock and warrant purchase agreement in which the Company received
gross proceeds of $4.0 million during the first half of fiscal 2020; implemented a reduction in overhead costs totaling $22 million in expected
annualized savings for the reductions made during fiscal 2019 and an additional $16 million in expected annualized savings for the reductions
made during the first quarter of fiscal 2020, primarily driven by a reduction in the Company's work force; negotiated improved payment terms
with the Company's inventory vendors; reduced capital expenditures in fiscal 2020 compared to prior years; renegotiating with certain cable
and satellite distributors to reduce service costs and improve payment terms; and managed the Company's inventory receipts in fiscal 2020 to
reduce inventory on hand.

The Company's ability to fund operations and capital expenditures in the future will be dependent on its ability to generate cash flow from
operations, maintain or improve margins, decrease the rate of decline in its sales and to use available funds from its PNC Credit Facility. The
Company's ability to borrow funds is dependent on its ability to maintain an adequate borrowing base and its ability to meet its credit facility's
covenants (as described above). The Company believes that it is probable its existing cash balances, together with the cost cutting measures
described above and its availability under the PNC Credit Facility, will be sufficient to fund the Company's normal business operations over the
next twelve months from the issuance of this report.

58

    
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(10)  Shareholders’ Equity

Common Stock

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Effective July 13, 2020, the Company amended its Articles of Incorporation to increase the authorized number of common shares from
5,000,000  to 20,000,000. As  of  January  30,  2021,  the  Company  had 10,000,000  shares  of  capital  stock  authorized,  of  which 400,000  was
designated  as  preferred  stock,  and  had 20,000,000  shares  of  common  stock  authorized. As  of  the  same  date, no  shares  of capital  stock  or
preferred stock were outstanding and 13,019,061 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding. The board of directors may establish
new classes and series of capital stock by resolution without shareholder approval; however, in certain circumstances the Company is required
to obtain approval under the PNC Credit Facility.

Preferred Stock

The  Company  has  authorized 400,000 Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, during fiscal 2015 as
part of the Shareholder Rights Plan. As of January 30, 2021, there were  zero shares issued and outstanding. See Note 14 - "Income Taxes" for
additional information.

Dividends

The  Company  has  never  declared  or  paid  any  dividends  with  respect  to  its  capital  or  common  stock.  The  Company  is  restricted  from

paying dividends on its stock by its PNC Credit Facility.

Public Offering

On August 28, 2020, the Company completed a public offering, in which the Company issued and sold 2,760,000 shares of its common
stock  at  a  public  offering  price  of  $6.25  per  share,  including 360,000  shares  sold  upon  the  exercise  of  the  underwriter’s  option  to  purchase
additional  shares.  After  underwriter  discounts  and  commissions  and  other  offering  costs,  net  proceeds  from  the  public  offering  were
approximately $15,833,000.

April 2020 Private Placement Securities Purchase Agreement

On April  14,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  a  common  stock  and  warrant  purchase  agreement  with  certain  individuals  and  entities,
pursuant  to  which  the  Company  sold  an  aggregate  of 1,836,314  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock,  issued  warrants  to  purchase  an
aggregate  of 979,190 shares of the Company's common stock at a price of $2.66 per share, and fully-paid warrants to purchase an aggregate
114,698 shares of the Company's common stock at a price of $0.001 per share in a private placement, for an aggregate cash purchase price of
$4,000,000.  The  initial  closing  occurred  on April  17,  2020  and  the  Company  received  gross  proceeds  of  $1,500,000.  Additional  closings
occurred  on  May  22,  2020,  June  8,  2020,  June  12,  2020  and  July  11,  2020  and  the  Company  received  gross  proceeds  of  $2,500,000.  The
Company incurred approximately $190,000 of issuance costs during the first half of fiscal 2020. The Warrants are indexed to the Company's
publicly traded stock and were classified as equity. The par value of the shares issued was recorded within common stock, with the remainder
of the proceeds, less issuance costs, recorded as additional paid in capital in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company used
the proceeds for general working capital purposes.

The purchasers consisted of the following: Invicta Media Investments, LLC, Michael and Leah Friedman and Hacienda Jackson LLC.
Invicta Media Investments, LLC is owned by Invicta Watch Company of America, Inc. (“IWCA”), which is the designer and manufacturer of
Invicta-branded  watches  and  watch  accessories,  one  of  the  Company's  largest  and  longest  tenured  brands.  Michael  and  Leah  Friedman  are
owners and officers of Sterling Time, LLC (“Sterling Time”), which is the exclusive distributor of IWCA’s watches and watch accessories for
television home shopping and the Company's long-time vendor. IWCA is owned by the Company's Vice Chair and director, Eyal Lalo, and
Michael Friedman also serves as a director of the Company. A description of the relationship between the Company, IWCA and Sterling Time
is contained in Note 19 - “Related Party Transactions.” Further, Invicta Media Investments, LLC and Michael and Leah Friedman comprise a
“group” of investors within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that is the Company's
largest shareholder.

59

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The warrants have an exercise price per share of $2.66 and are exercisable at any time and from time to time from six months following
their issuance date until April 14, 2025. The Company has included a blocker provision in the purchase agreement whereby no purchaser may
be issued shares of the Company's common stock if the purchaser would own over 19.999% of the Company's outstanding common stock and,
to the extent a purchaser in this offering would own over 19.999% of the Company's outstanding common stock, that purchaser will receive
fully-paid warrants (in contrast to the coverage warrants that will be issued in this transaction, as described above) in lieu of the shares that
would  place  such  holder’s  ownership  over 19.999%.  Further,  the  Company  included  a  similar  blocker  in  the  warrants  (and  amended  the
warrants purchased by the purchasers on May 2, 2019, if any) whereby no purchaser of the warrants may exercise a warrant if the holder would
own over 19.999% of the Company's outstanding common stock.

During  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2020,  the  fully-paid  warrants  were  exercised  for  the  purchase  of 114,698  shares  of  the  Company's

common stock.

May 2019 Private Placement Securities Purchase Agreement

On May 2, 2019, the Company entered into a private placement securities purchase agreement with certain accredited investors pursuant
to which the Company: (a) sold, in the aggregate, 800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $7.50 per share and (b) issued
five-year warrants ("5-year  Warrants")  to  purchase 350,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $15.00  per  share.
The 5-year Warrants are exercisable in whole or in part from time to time through the expiration date of May 2, 2024. The purchasers included
Invicta  Media  Investments,  LLC,  Retailing  Enterprises,  LLC,  Michael  and  Leah  Friedman,  Timothy  Peterman  and  certain  other  private
investors. Retailing Enterprises, LLC is a party in which the Company entered into an agreement to liquidate obsolete inventory. Under the
purchase agreement, the purchasers agreed to customary standstill provisions related to the Company for a period of two years, as well as to
vote their shares in favor of matters recommended by the Company’s board of directors for shareholder approval. In addition, the Company
agreed in the purchase agreement to appoint Eyal Lalo as vice chair of the Company’s board of directors, Michael Friedman to the Company’s
board of directors and Timothy Peterman as the Company’s chief executive officer.

In connection with the closing under the Purchase Agreement, the Company entered into certain other agreements with IWCA, Sterling
Time and the purchasers, including a five-year vendor exclusivity agreement with Sterling Time and IWCA. The vendor exclusivity agreement
grants the Company the exclusive right in television shopping to market, promote and sell the products from IWCA.

The Company received gross proceeds of $6.0 million and incurred approximately $175,000 of issuance costs. The Company allocated
the proceeds of the stock offering to the shares of common stock issued. The par value of the shares issued was recorded within common stock,
with the remainder of the proceeds, less issuance costs, recorded as additional paid in capital in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
The Company has used the proceeds for general working capital purposes. The 5-year Warrants were issued primarily as consideration for a
five-year vendor exclusivity agreement with IWCA and Sterling Time. The aggregate market value of the 5-year Warrants on the grant date was
$193,000, which was recorded as an intangible asset and is being amortized as cost of sales over the agreement term. The 5-year Warrants are
indexed to the Company’s publicly traded stock and were classified as equity. As a result, the fair value of the 5-year Warrants was recorded as
an increase to additional paid-in capital.

60

Table of Contents

Warrants

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

As of January 30, 2021, the Company had outstanding warrants to purchase 1,714,120 shares of the Company’s common stock, of which
1,714,120  are  fully  exercisable.  The  warrants  expire  approximately five  years  from  the  date  of  grant. The  following  table  summarizes
information regarding warrants outstanding at January 30, 2021:

Grant Date
September 19, 2016
November 10, 2016
January 23, 2017
March 16, 2017
May 2, 2019

April 17, 2020

May 22, 2020

June 8, 2020

June 12, 2020

July 11, 2020

     Warrants

     Warrants      Exercise Price     

Outstanding

297,616  
33,386  
48,930  
5,000  
349,998  

367,197

122,398

122,399

122,398

244,798

Exercisable
297,616
33,386
48,930
5,000
349,998

367,197

122,398

122,399

122,398

244,798

$
$
$
$
$

$

$

$

$

$

(Per Share)

29.00  
30.00  
17.60  
19.20  
15.00  

2.66

2.66

2.66

2.66

2.66

Expiration Date
September 19, 2021
November 10, 2021
January 23, 2022
March 16, 2022
May 2, 2024

April 14, 2025

April 14, 2025

April 14, 2025

April 14, 2025

April 14, 2025

On November 27, 2018, the Company issued warrants to Fonda, Inc. for 150,000 shares of its common stock in connection with and as
consideration for entering into a services and trademark licensing agreement between the companies. The aggregate market value on the date of
the  award  was  $441,000  and  was  being  amortized  as  cost  of  sales  over  the three-year  services  and  trademark  licensing  agreement  term.  On
July 29, 2019, the Company and Fonda, Inc. agreed to terminate the services and trademark licensing agreement and the warrants for 150,000
shares were forfeited.

Commercial Agreement with Shaquille O’Neal

On  November  18,  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  a  commercial  agreement  (“Shaq  Agreement”)  and  restricted  stock  unit  award
agreement (“RSU Agreement”) with ABG-Shaq, LLC (“Shaq”) pursuant to which certain products would be sold bearing certain intellectual
property rights of Shaquille O’Neal on the terms and conditions set forth in the Shaq Agreement. In exchange for such services and pursuant to
the  RSU  Agreement,  the  Company  issued 400,000  restricted  stock  units  to  Shaq  that  vest  in  three  separate  tranches.  The  first  tranche  of
133,333 restricted stock units vested on November 18, 2019, which was the date of grant. The second tranche of 133,333 restricted stock units
will vest February 1, 2021 and the final tranche of 133,334 restricted stock units will vest February 1, 2022. Additionally, in connection with
the Shaq Agreement, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement with respect to the restricted stock units pursuant to which the
Company  agreed  to  register  the  common  stock  issuable  upon  settlement  of  the  restricted  stock  units  in  accordance  with  the  terms  and
conditions therein. The restricted stock units each settle for one share of the Company’s common stock. The aggregate market value on the date
of the award was $2,595,000 and is being amortized as cost of sales over the three-year commercial term. The estimated fair value is based on
the grant date closing price of the Company’s stock.

Compensation  expense  relating  to  the  restricted  stock  unit  grant  was  $865,000  for  fiscal  2020.  As  of  January  30,  2020,  there  was
$1,730,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the award. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period
of 2.0 years.

Restricted Stock Award

On  November  23,  2018,  the  Company  entered  into  a  restricted  stock  award  agreement  with  Flageoli  Classic  Limited,  LLC  (“FCL”)
granting  FCL 150,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock in connection with and as consideration for entering into a vendor
exclusivity  agreement  with  the  Company.  The  vendor  exclusivity  agreement  grants  us  the  exclusive  right  in  television  shopping  to  market,
promote and sell products under the trademark of Serious Skincare, a skin-care brand that launched on the Company’s television network on
January 3, 2019. Additionally, the agreement identifies Jennifer Flavin-Stallone as the primary spokesperson for the brand on the Company’s
television network. The restricted

61

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

shares vested in three tranches. Of the restricted shares granted, 50,000 vested on January 4, 2019, which was the first business day following
the initial appearance of the Serious Skincare brand on the Company’s television network,  50,000 vested on January 4, 2020 and 50,000 vested
on January 4, 2021. The aggregate market value on the date of the award was $1,408,000 and was amortized as cost of sales over the three-year
vendor exclusivity agreement term. The estimated fair value of the restricted stock is based on the grant date closing price of the Company’s
stock for time-based vesting awards.

Compensation expense relating to the restricted stock award grant was $697,000, $469,000 and $89,000 for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and
fiscal 2018. As of January 30, 2021, there was $153,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related  to  non-vested  restricted  stock  unit
grants. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.1 years. The total fair value of restricted stock vested during
fiscal 2020 was $229,000.

A  summary  of  the  status  of  the  Company’s  non-vested  restricted  stock  award  activity  as  of  January  30,  2021  and  changes  during  the

twelve-month period then ended is as follows:

Restricted Stock

Non-vested outstanding, February 1,2020

Granted
Vested

Non-vested outstanding, January 30,2021

Stock Compensation Plans

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

9.39
—
9.39
—

Shares

50,000

(50,000)

$
— $
$
— $

The Company's 2020 Equity Incentive Plan ("2020 Plan") provides for the issuance of up to 3,000,000 shares of the Company's common
stock. The 2020 Plan is administered by the human resources and compensation committee of the board of directors and provides for awards for
employees, directors and consultants. All employees and directors of the Company and its affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the
2020 Plan. The types of awards that may be granted under the 2020 Plan include incentive and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation
rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other stock-based awards. Stock options may be granted to employees at such exercise prices
as the human resources and compensation committee may determine but not less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock as of
the date of grant (except in the limited case of "substitute awards" as defined by the 2020 Plan). No stock option may be granted more than 10
years after the effective date of the respective plan's inception or be exercisable more than 10 years after the date of grant. Except for market-
based options, options granted generally vest over three years in the case of employee stock options and vest immediately on the date of grant
in the case of director options, and have contractual terms of 10 years from the date of grant. The 2020 Plan was approved by the Company's
shareholders at the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on July 13, 2020.

The  Company  also  maintains  the  2011  Omnibus  Incentive  Plan  ("2011  Plan").  Upon  the  adoption  and  approval  of  the  2020  Plan,  the
Company ceased making awards under the 2011 Plan. Awards outstanding under the 2011 Plan continue to be subject to the terms of the 2011
Plan, but if those awards subsequently expire, are forfeited or cancelled or are settled in cash, the shares subject to those awards will become
available for awards under the 2020 Plan. Similarly, the Company ceased making awards under its 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan ("2004 Plan") on
June 22, 2014, but outstanding awards under the 2004 Plan remain outstanding in accordance with its terms.

Stock-Based Compensation - Stock Options

Compensation  is  recognized  for  all  stock-based  compensation  arrangements  by  the  Company.  Stock-based  compensation  expense  for
fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 related to stock option awards was $121,000, $681,000 and $1,157,000. The Company has not recorded
any income tax benefit from the exercise of stock options due to the uncertainty of realizing income tax benefits in the future.

62

    
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The fair value of each time-based vesting option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model
that uses assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock. Expected
term is calculated using the simplified method taking into consideration the option’s contractual life and vesting terms. The Company uses the
simplified method in estimating its expected option term because it believes that historical exercise data cannot be accurately relied upon at this
time  to  provide  a  reasonable  basis  for  estimating  an  expected  term  due  to  the  extreme  volatility  of  its  stock  price  and  the  resulting
unpredictability  of  its  stock  option  exercises.  The  risk-free  interest  rate  for  periods  within  the  contractual  life  of  the  option  is  based  on  the
U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Expected dividend yields were not used in the fair value computations as the Company
has never declared or paid dividends on its common stock and currently intends to retain earnings for use in operations.

Expected volatility:
Expected term (in years):
Risk-free interest rate:

     Fiscal 2019
75% - 82%
6 years
1.4% - 2.6%

     Fiscal 2018
72% - 78%
6 years
2.8% - 3.0%

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option activity as of January 30, 2021 and changes during the year then ended is as

follows:

Balance outstanding, February 1, 2020

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited or canceled

Balance outstanding, January 30, 2021
Options exercisable at January 30, 2021

Weighted
Average 
Exercise 
Price

12.44  
—  
—  
12.37  
12.87  
15.00  

Weighted
Average 
Exercise 
Price

51.52
—
—
48.92
53.49
53.49

2004
Plan
6,000

$
— $
— $
$
$
$

(3,000)
3,000
3,000

2011
Plan
247,000

$
— $
— $
$
$
$

(213,000)
34,000
25,000

The following table summarizes information regarding stock options outstanding at January 30, 2021:

Options Outstanding

Options Vested or Expected to Vest

Option Type
2011 Incentive:
2004 Incentive:

Number of
Shares
34,000
3,000

     Weighted     
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
(Years)

Weighted
Average 
Exercise 
Price
$ 12.87  
$ 53.49  

Aggregate
Intrinsic 
Value

6.1
3.1

$
$

8,000  
—  

Number of
Shares
32,000
3,000

Weighted
Average 
Exercise 
Price
$ 13.14  
$ 53.49  

     Weighted
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
(Years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic 
Value

$
$

9,000
—

6.0
3.1

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted in fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 was $3.12 and $7.35. The total intrinsic value
of  options  exercised  during  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018  was  $0, $0  and  $26,000. As  of  January  30,  2021,  total  unrecognized
compensation  cost  related  to  stock  options  was  $12,000  and  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  weighted  average  period  of  approximately
1.1 years.

Stock Option Tax Benefit

The exercise of certain stock options granted under the Company’s stock option plans give rise to compensation, which is included in the
taxable  income  of  the  applicable  employees  and  deductible  by  the  Company  for  federal  and  state  income  tax  purposes.  Such  compensation
results  from  increases  in  the  fair  market  value  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  subsequent  to  the  date  of  grant  of  the  applicable  exercised
stock options and these increases are not recognized as an expense for financial accounting purposes, as the options were originally granted at
the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The related tax benefits will be recorded if and when realized, and
totaled $0, $0 and $7,000 in fiscal 2020,

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. The Company has not recorded any income tax benefit from the exercise of stock options in these fiscal years, due
to the uncertainty of realizing income tax benefits in the future.

Stock-Based Compensation - Restricted Stock Units

Compensation expense relating to restricted stock unit grants was $277,000, $1,031,000 and $1,792,000 for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and
fiscal 2018. As of January 30, 2021, there was $987,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related  to  non-vested  restricted  stock  unit
grants. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years. The total fair value of restricted stock units vested
during fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 was $337,000, $434,000 and $1,216,000. The estimated fair value of restricted stock units is
based on the grant date closing price of the Company’s stock for time-based vesting awards and a Monte Carlo valuation model for market-
based vesting awards.

The  Company  has  granted  time-based  restricted  stock  units  to  certain  key  employees  as  part  of  the  Company’s  long-term  incentive
program.  The  restricted  stock  units  generally  vest  in  three  equal  annual  installments  beginning  one  year  from  the  grant  date  and  are  being
amortized as compensation expense over the three-year vesting period. The Company has also granted restricted stock units to non-employee
directors  as  part  of  the  Company’s  annual  director  compensation  program.  Each  restricted  stock  unit  grant  vests  or  vested  on  the  day
immediately preceding the next annual meeting of shareholders following the date of grant. The grants are amortized as director compensation
expense over the twelve-month vesting period.

The  Company  granted 146,000 performance share units to the Company's Chief Executive Officer as part of the Company's long-term
incentive  program  during  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2020.  The  number  of  shares  earned  is  based  on  the  Company's  achievement  of  pre-
established goals for liquidity over the measurement period from February 2, 2020 to January 30, 2021. Any earned performance share units
will  vest  on  January  28,  2023,  so  long  as  the  executive's  service  has  been  continuous  through  the  vest  date.  The  number  of  units  that  may
actually be earned and become eligible to vest pursuant to this award can be between 0% and 125% of the target number of performance share
units. The Company recognizes compensation expense on these performance share units ratably over the requisite performance period of the
award to the extent management views the performance goals as probable of attainment.  The grant date fair value of these performance share
units is based on the grant date closing price of the Company's stock.

The Company granted 94,000 and 75,000 market-based restricted stock performance units to executives and key employees as part of the
Company’s  long-term  incentive  program  during  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018.  No  such  market-based  restricted  stock  performance  units  were
granted during fiscal 2020. The number of restricted stock units earned is based on the Company’s total shareholder return ("TSR") relative to a
group  of  industry  peers  over  a  three-year  performance  measurement  period. Grant  date  fair  values  were  determined  using  a  Monte  Carlo
valuation model based on assumptions as follows:

Total grant date fair value
Total grant date fair value per share
Expected volatility
Weighted average expected life (in years)
Risk-free interest rate

Fiscal 2019
$482,000
$5.14
74% - 82%
3 years
1.7% - 2.3%

Fiscal 2018
$859,000
$10.70 - $13.00
73% - 76%
3 years
2.4% - 2.7%

The percent of the target market-based performance vested restricted stock unit award that will be earned based on the Company’s TSR

relative to the peer group is as follows:

Percentile Rank
< 33%
33%
50%
100%

64

     Percentage of  
Units Vested  

0 %
50 %
100 %
150 %

    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

On May 2, 2019, Timothy A. Peterman was appointed as Chief Executive Officer and entered into an executive employment agreement.
In  conjunction  with  the  employment  agreement,  the  Company  granted 68,000  market-based  restricted  stock  performance  units  to
Mr.  Peterman.  The  market-based  restricted  stock  performance  units  vest  in  three  tranches,  each  tranche  consisting  of one-third  of  the  units
subject  to  the  award. Tranche  1  vested  on  May  2,  2020,  the one-year  anniversary  of  the  grant  date.  Tranche  2  will  vest  on  the  date  the
Company’s  average  closing  stock  price  for 20  consecutive  trading  days  equals  or  exceeds  $20.00  per  share  and  the  executive  has  been
continuously  employed  at  least one  year.  Tranche  3  will  vest  on  the  date  the  Company’s  average  closing  stock  price  for 20  consecutive
trading  days  equals  or  exceeds  $40.00  per  share  and  the  executive  has  been  continuously  employed  at  least two  years.  The  vesting  of  the
second and third tranches can occur any time on or before May 1, 2029. The total grant date fair value was estimated to be $220,000 and is
being amortized over the derived service periods for each tranche.

Grant  date  fair  values  and  derived  service  periods  for  each  tranche  were  determined  using  a  Monte  Carlo  valuation  model  based  on
assumptions, which included a weighted average risk-free interest rate of 2.5%, a weighted average expected life of 2.9 years and an implied
volatility of 80% and were as follows for each tranche:

Tranche 1 (one year)
Tranche 2 ($20.00/share)
Tranche 3 ($40.00/share)

     Fair Value      Derived Service

(Per Share)
$
$
$

3.66  
3.19  
2.85  

Period
1.00 Year
3.27 Years
4.53 Years

A  summary  of  the  status  of  the  Company’s  non-vested  restricted  stock  unit  activity  as  of  January  30,  2021  and  changes  during  the

twelve-month period then ended is as follows:

Restricted Stock Units

Market-Based Units

Time-Based Units

     Weighted     
Average
Grant Date
     Fair Value     

Shares

Shares

     Weighted     
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value     

     Performance-Based Units
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
     Fair Value     

Shares

Total

     Weighted
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value

Shares

Non-vested outstanding,
February 1,2020

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Non-vested outstanding,
January 30,2021

129,000

$
— $
— $
(69,000) $

6.49  
—  
—  
9.05  

$
435,000
471,000
$
(103,000) $
(67,000) $

5.96  
2.35  
4.41  
4.22  

— $

146,000
—
—

60,000

$

3.52  

736,000

$

4.03  

146,000

$

—
1.69
—
—

1.69

$
564,000
617,000
$
(103,000) $
(136,000) $

942,000

$

6.08
2.20
4.41
6.70

3.64

(11)  Business Segments and Sales by Product Group

During fiscal 2019, the Company changed its reportable segments into two reporting segments: “ShopHQ” and “Emerging.” In light of
strategic  shifts  in  the  Company’s  emerging  businesses,  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  began  reviewing  operating  results  of  the
Emerging segment separately from its core business, ShopHQ. The chief operating decision maker is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer
and Interim Chief Financial Officer. These segments reflect the way the Company’s chief operating decision maker evaluates the Company’s
business performance and manages its operations. All of Company’s sales are made to customers residing in the United States.

The Company does not allocate assets between the segments for our internal management purposes, and as such, they are not presented
here.  There  were  no  significant  inter-segment  sales  or  transfers  during  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018.  The  Company  allocates
corporate  support  costs  (such  as  finance,  human  resources,  warehouse  management  and  legal)  to  our  operating  segments  based  on  their
estimated usage and based on how the Company manages the business.

65

    
    
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ShopHQ

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The ShopHQ segment encompasses the Company’s nationally distributed shopping entertainment network. ShopHQ sells and distributes

its products to consumers through its video commerce television, online website and mobile platforms.

Emerging

The Emerging segment consists of the Company’s developing business models. This segment includes the Company’s Media Commerce
Services, which offers creative and interactive advertising, OTT app services and third-party logistics. The Media Commerce Services brands
include  Float  Left  and  third-party  logistics  business  i3PL.  Float  Left  is  a  business  comprised  of  connected  TVs,  video-based  content,
application  development  and  distribution,  including  technical  consulting  services,  software  development  and  maintenance  related  to  video
distribution.  The  Emerging  segment  also  encompasses  the  ShopHQHealth,  ShopBulldogTV,  J.W.  Hulme,  and  OurGalleria.com.
ShopHQHealth is a health and wellness focused network that offers a robust assortment of products and services dedicated to addressing the
physical,  spiritual  and  mental  health  needs  of  its  customers.  ShopBulldog  TV  is  a  niche  television  shopping  network  geared  towards  male
consumers. J.W. Hulme is a business specializing in artisan-crafted leather products, including handbags and luggage. J.W. Hulme products are
distributed primarily through jwhulme.com, retails stores, and programming on ShopHQ. OurGalleria.com is a higher-end online marketplace
for discounted merchandise.

Net Sales by Segment and Significant Product Groups

ShopHQ

Net merchandise sales by category:

Jewelry & Watches
Home & Consumer Electronics
Beauty & Wellness
Fashion & Accessories
All other (primarily shipping & handling revenue)

Total ShopHQ

Emerging

Consolidated net sales

66

     January 30,

2021

For the Years Ended
     February 1,

2020
(in thousands)

February 2,
2019

$

$

161,999
62,910
124,222
45,261
42,750
437,142
17,029
454,171

$

$

200,893
106,025
80,945
65,616
42,628
496,107
5,715
501,822

$

$

206,021
135,184
102,099
94,295
52,630
590,229
6,408
596,637

    
 
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Performance Measures by Segment

Gross profit
ShopHQ
Emerging

Consolidated gross profit

Operating loss

ShopHQ
Emerging

Consolidated operating loss

Depreciation and amortization

ShopHQ (a)
Emerging

Consolidated depreciation and amortization

     January 30,

2021

For the Years Ended
     February 1,

     February 2,

2020
(in thousands)

2019

$
$
$

$

$

$

$

160,190
6,863
167,053

(3,616)
(4,324)
(7,940)

27,264
714
27,978

$
$
$

$

$

$

$

162,809
828
163,637

(46,956)
(5,569)
(52,525)

11,395
619
12,014

$
$
$

$

$

$

$

205,036
1,811
206,847

(17,173)
(1,451)
(18,624)

10,065
99
10,164

(a)

Includes  distribution  facility  depreciation  of  $3,955,000,  $3,957,000  and  $3,921,000  for  fiscal  2020,  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2018.
Distribution  facility  depreciation  is  included  as  a  component  of  cost  of  sales  within  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of
operations.

(12)  Leases

The  Company  leases  certain  property  and  equipment,  such  as  transmission  and  production  equipment,  satellite  transponder  and  office
equipment. The Company also leases office space used by its Emerging segment's Float Left and retail space used by its Emerging segment
retailer, J.W. Hulme. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are
not recorded on accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Right-of-use  assets  represent  the  Company's  right  to  use  an  underlying  asset  for  the  lease  term  and  lease  liabilities  represent  the
Company's  obligation  to  make  lease  payments  arising  from  the  lease.  Operating  lease  liabilities  and  right-of-use  assets  are  recognized  at
commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As the Company's leases do not provide an implicit rate,
the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value
of lease payments. Some of the Company's leases include options to extend the term, which is only included in the lease liability and right-of-
use assets calculation when it is reasonably certain the Company will exercise that option. As of January 30, 2021, the lease liability and right-
of-use assets did not include any lease extension options.

The  Company  has  lease  agreements  with  lease  and  non-lease  components,  and  has  elected  to  account  for  these  as  a  single  lease

component. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The components of lease expense were as follows:

Operating lease cost
Short-term lease cost
Variable lease cost (a)

(a)

Includes variable costs of finance leases.

67

For the Years Ended

January 30, 2021

February 1, 2020

$

$

972,000
63,000
90,000

1,007,000
153,000
96,000

  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

For the years ended January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, finance lease costs included amortization of right-of-use assets of $76,000

and $73,000 and interest on lease liabilities of $7,000 and $8,000.

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash flows used for operating leases
Operating cash flows used for finance leases
Financing cash flows used for finance leases

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities:

Operating leases
Finance leases

For the Years Ended

January 30, 2021

February 1, 2020

$

1,095,000

$
7,000  

103,000

1,299,000
62,000

950,000
8,000
71,000

318,000
188,000

The weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rates related to leases were as follows:

Weighted average remaining lease term:

Operating leases
Finance leases

Weighted average discount rate:

Operating leases
Finance leases

January 30, 2021

February 1, 2020

2.8 years
1.1 years

1.4 years
1.9 years

6.8%
5.7%

5.6%
5.3%

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases is as follows:

Leases
Assets
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Finance lease right-of-use assets
Total lease right-of-use assets

Operating lease liabilities
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Operating lease liabilities, excluding current portion

Total operating lease liabilities

Finance lease liabilities
Current portion of finance lease liabilities
Finance lease liabilities, excluding current portion

Total finance lease liabilities

Total lease liabilities

    Classification

     January 30, 2021   February 1, 2020

  Other assets
  Property and equipment, net

  Current portion of operating lease liabilities
  Other long term liabilities

  Current liabilities: Accrued liabilities
  Other long term liabilities

$

$

$

$

1,116,000 $
101,000  
1,217,000 $

462,000 $
646,000  
1,108,000  

86,000  
19,000  
105,000  
1,213,000 $

832,000
143,000
975,000

704,000
129,000
833,000

80,000
66,000
146,000
979,000

68

    
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Future maturities of lease liabilities as of January 30, 2021 are as follows:

Fiscal year
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter

Total lease payments

Less imputed interest
Total lease liabilities

     Operating Leases     

$

$

$

518,000
313,000
250,000
141,000

—  

1,222,000
(114,000)
1,108,000

$

Finance Leases
90,000
18,000
—
—
—
108,000
(3,000)
105,000

As of January 30, 2021, the Company had executed a $2.7 million operating lease that had not yet commenced. This operating lease will
replace  the  Company's  current  satellite  transponder  agreement,  will  commence  during  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2021  and  have  a  lease  term
through October 31, 2025. As of January 30, 2021, the Company had no finance leases that had not yet commenced.

(13)  Business Acquisitions

Float Left Interactive, Inc.

In  November  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  an  asset  purchase  agreement  and  acquired  substantially  all  the  assets  of  Float  Left,  a
business comprised of connected TVs, video-based content, application development and distribution, including technical consulting services,
software development and maintenance related to video distribution. The Company plans to utilize Float Left’s team and technology platform
to further grow its content delivery capabilities in OTT platforms while providing new revenue opportunities.

The acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated
to  the  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities  assumed  pursuant  to  the  asset  purchase  agreement  based  on  fair  values  at  the  acquisition  date.  The
operating results of Float Left, which were not material, have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company since the
date of acquisition. The supplementary proforma information, assuming this acquisition occurred as of the beginning of the prior periods, and
the operations of Float Left for the period from the November 26, 2019 acquisition date through the end of fiscal 2019 were immaterial. The
Company incurred $78,000 of acquisition-related costs and are included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying fiscal 2019
consolidated statement of operations. The acquisition date fair value of consideration transferred for Float Left was approximately $1,102,000,
which consisted of $353,000 of cash, net of cash acquired, $459,000 of common stock and $290,000 of contingent consideration.

The estimated fair value of the common stock issued as purchase consideration, 100,000 shares, is based on the issue date closing price of
the  Company’s  stock.  The  purchase  includes  contingent  consideration  of  up  to  50,000  additional  shares  of  our  common  stock  in  the  event
certain  performance  metrics  are  satisfied  relating  to  the  Float  Left  business  following  closing.  The  estimated  fair  value  of  contingent
consideration is primarily based on the Float Left’s projected performance for each of the next two fiscal years following the closing date and
the closing price of the Company’s stock.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The following table summarizes our allocation of the Float Left purchase consideration:

Current assets
Identifiable intangible assets acquired:

Developed technology
Customer relationships
Trade names

Other assets
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Fair Value

$

139,000

772,000
253,000
88,000
18,000
(168,000)
1,102,000

$

The  fair  value  of  identifiable  intangible  assets  was  determined  using  an  income-based  approach,  which  includes  market  participant
expectations of cash flows that an asset will generate over the remaining useful life discounted to present value using an appropriate rate of
return.

J.W. Hulme Company

In  November  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  an  asset  purchase  agreement  and  acquired  substantially  all  the  assets  of  J.W.  Hulme,  a
business  specializing  in  artisan-crafted  leather  products,  including  handbags  and  luggage.  The  Company  plans  to  accelerate  J.W.  Hulme’s
revenue growth by creating its own programming on ShopHQ. Additionally, the Company plans to utilize J.W. Hulme to craft private-label
accessories for the Company’s existing owned and operated fashion brands.

The acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated
to  the  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities  assumed  pursuant  to  the  asset  purchase  agreement  based  on  fair  values  at  the  acquisition  date.  The
operating results of J.W. Hulme, which were not material, have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company since
the date of acquisition. The supplementary proforma information, assuming this acquisition occurred as of the beginning of the prior periods,
and the operations of J.W. Hulme for the period from the November 26, 2019 acquisition date through the end of fiscal 2019 were immaterial.
The Company incurred $80,000 of acquisition-related costs and are included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying fiscal
2019  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  The  acquisition  date  fair  value  of  consideration  transferred  for  J.W.  Hulme  was  approximately
$1,906,000, which consisted of $285,000 of cash, net of cash acquired, a working capital holdback of $225,000 and $1,396,000  of  common
stock issued. The estimated fair value of the common stock issued as purchase consideration, 291,000 shares, is based on the issue date closing
price of the Company’s stock.

The following table summarizes our allocation of the J.W. Hulme purchase consideration:

Current assets
Identifiable intangible assets acquired:

Trade names
Existing customer list

Other assets
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Other long term liabilities

Fair Value

$

904,000

1,480,000
86,000
184,000
(580,000)
(168,000)
1,906,000

$

The  fair  value  of  identifiable  intangible  assets  was  determined  using  an  income-based  approach,  which  includes  market  participant
expectations of cash flows that an asset will generate over the remaining useful life discounted to present value using an appropriate rate of
return.

70

    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(14)  Income Taxes

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The  Company  records  deferred  taxes  for  differences  between  the  financial  reporting  and  income  tax  bases  of  assets  and  liabilities,
computed  in  accordance  with  tax  laws  in  effect  at  that  time. The  deferred  taxes  related  to  such  differences  as  of  January  30,  2021  and
February 1, 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

Accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax purposes
Inventory capitalization
Differences in depreciation lives and methods
Differences in basis of intangible assets
Differences in investments and other items
Net operating loss carryforwards
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax liability

The income tax provision consisted of the following (in thousands):

Current
Deferred

$

$

     January 30, 2021      February 1, 2020
4,039
1,181
(1,076)
153
2,140
96,894
(103,331)
—

4,227
729
(478)
318
3,817
98,833
(107,446)

— $

$

January 30, 2021     

February 1, 2020     

For the Years Ended

$

$

(60)
$
—  
$
(60)

(11)
$
—  
$
(11)

February 2, 2019
(65)
—
(65)

A reconciliation of the statutory tax rates to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

Taxes at federal statutory rates
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
Provision to return true-up
Non-cash stock option vesting expense
Valuation allowance and NOL carryforward benefits
Other
Effective tax rate

For the Years Ended
     January 30, 2021      February 1, 2020      February 2, 2019  

21.0 %  
13.4
(2.4) 
(1.2) 
(31.2) 
(0.1) 
(0.5)%  

21.0 %  

4.1
(4.0) 
(0.6) 
(20.4) 
(0.1) 

— %  

21.0 %
5.9  
(2.5)
(1.2)
(23.6)
0.1
(0.3)%

Based on the Company’s recent history of losses, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance for its net deferred tax assets as
of  January  30,  2021  and  February  1,  2020  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  which  places  primary  importance  on  the  Company’s  most  recent
operating results when assessing the need for a valuation allowance. The ultimate realization of these deferred tax assets depends on the ability
of the Company to generate sufficient taxable income in the future, as well as the timing of such income. The Company intends to maintain a
full  valuation  allowance  for  its  net  deferred  tax  assets  until  sufficient  positive  evidence  exists  to  support  reversal  of  the  allowance. As  of
January 30, 2021, the Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs") of approximately $397 million which are available to
offset future taxable income. The Company’s federal NOLs generated prior to 2019 expire in varying amounts each year from 2023 through
2037  in  accordance  with  applicable  federal  tax  regulations  and  the  timing  of  when  the  NOLs  were  incurred.  The  Company’s  federal  NOLs
generated in 2019 and after can be carried forward indefinitely.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company had a change in ownership (as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code) as a
result of the issuance of common stock coupled with the redemption of all the Series B preferred stock held by GE Equity. Sections 382 and
383 limit the annual utilization of certain tax attributes, including NOL carryforwards, incurred prior to a change in ownership. Currently, the
limitations imposed by Sections 382 and 383 are not expected to impair the Company’s ability to fully realize its NOLs; however, the annual
usage  of  NOLs  incurred  prior  to  the  change  in  ownership  are  limited.  In  addition,  if  the  Company  were  to  experience  another  ownership
change, as defined by Sections 382

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

and 383, its ability to utilize its NOLs could be further substantially limited and depending on the severity of the annual NOL limitation, the
Company could permanently lose its ability to use a significant amount of its accumulated NOLs.

As of January 30, 2021, and February 1, 2020, there were no unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions. Accordingly, a tabular
reconciliation from beginning to ending periods is not provided. Further, to date, there have been no interest or penalties charged or accrued in
relation to unrecognized tax benefits. The Company will classify any future interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense if
incurred. The Company does not anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly in the next twelve months.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income taxation and the taxing authorities of various states. The Company’s tax years for 2019,
2018,  2017  are  currently  subject  to  examination  by  taxing  authorities.  With  limited  exceptions,  the  Company  is  no  longer  subject  to
U.S. federal, state, or local examinations by tax authorities for years before 2017.

Shareholder Rights Plan

During fiscal 2015, the Company adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan to preserve the value of certain deferred tax benefits, including those
generated by net operating losses. On July 10, 2015, the Company declared a dividend distribution of one purchase right (a “Right”) for each
outstanding share of the Company’s common stock to shareholders of record as of the close of business on July 23, 2015 and issuable as of that
date.  On  July  13,  2015,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Shareholder  Rights  Plan  (the  “Rights  Plan”)  with  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  N.A.,  a  national
banking association, with respect to the Rights. Except in certain circumstances set forth in the Rights Plan, each Right entitles the holder to
purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock, $ 0.01 par value, of
the Company (“Preferred Stock” and each one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock, a “Unit”) at a price of $90.00 per Unit.

The Rights initially trade together with the common stock and are not exercisable. Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Rights
Plan, the Rights will separate from the common stock and become exercisable following (i) the tenth calendar day after a public announcement
or filing that a person or group has become an “Acquiring Person,” which is defined as a person who has acquired, or obtained the right to
acquire, beneficial ownership of 4.99% or more of the common stock then outstanding, subject to certain exceptions, or (ii) the tenth calendar
day (or such later date as may be determined by the board of directors) after any person or group commences a tender or exchange offer, the
consummation of which would result in a person or group becoming an Acquiring Person. If a person or group becomes an Acquiring Person,
each Right will entitle its holders (other than such Acquiring Person) to purchase one Unit at a price of $90.00 per Unit. A Unit is intended to
give  the  shareholder  approximately  the  same  dividend,  voting  and  liquidation  rights  as  would  one  share  of  Common  Stock,  and  should
approximate the value of one share of Common Stock. At any time after a person becomes an Acquiring Person, the board of directors may
exchange all or part of the outstanding Rights (other than those held by an Acquiring Person) for shares of common stock at an exchange rate
of one share of common stock (and, in certain circumstances, a Unit) for each Right. The Company will promptly give public notice of any
exchange (although failure to give notice will not affect the validity of the exchange).

On July 12, 2019, the Company’s shareholders re-approved the Rights Plan at the 2019 annual meeting of shareholders. The Rights Plan
will  expire  on  the  close  of  business  on  the  date  of  the  2022  annual  meeting  of  shareholders,  unless  the  Rights  Plan  is  re-approved  by
shareholders prior to expiration. However, in no event will the Rights Plan expire later than the close of business on July 13, 2025.

Until the close of business on the tenth calendar day after the day a public announcement or a filing is made indicating that a person or
group has become an Acquiring Person, the Company may in its sole and absolute discretion amend the Rights or the Rights Plan agreement
without the approval of any holders of the Rights or shares of common stock in any manner, including without limitation, amendments that
increase or decrease the purchase price or redemption price or accelerate or extend the final expiration date or the period in which the Rights
may be redeemed. The Company may also amend the Rights Plan after the close of business on the tenth calendar day after the day such public
announcement or filing is made to cure ambiguities, to correct defective or inconsistent provisions, to shorten or lengthen time periods under
the Rights Plan or in any other manner that does not adversely affect the interests of holders of the Rights. No amendment of the Rights Plan
may extend its expiration date.

72

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

(15)  Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental cash flow information and noncash investing and financing activities were as follows:

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Television distribution rights obtained in exchange for liabilities

Supplemental non-cash investing and financing activities:

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable
Common stock issuance costs included in accounts payable
Equipment acquired through finance lease obligations
Fair value of common stock issued as consideration for business acquisitions
Issuance of warrants for intangible assets

(16)  Commitments and Contingencies

Cable and Satellite Distribution Agreements

     January 30, 2021      February 1, 2020      February 2, 2019

For the Years Ended

$

$

$

$

4,681,000
81,000
43,655,000

288,000
184,000
62,000
—
—

$

$

3,151,000
31,000
—

209,000
—
188,000
1,855,000
193,000

3,098,000
16,000
—

473,000
—
41,000
—
—

The  Company  has  entered  into  distribution  agreements  with  cable  operators,  direct-to-home  satellite  providers,  telecommunications
companies and broadcast television stations to distribute our television network over their systems. The terms of the distribution agreements
typically range from one to five years. During any fiscal year, certain agreements with cable, satellite or other distributors may or have expired.
Under certain circumstances, the television operators or the Company may cancel the agreements prior to their expiration. Additionally, the
Company may elect not to renew distribution agreements whose terms result in sub-standard or negative contribution margins. The distribution
agreements generally provide that the Company will pay each operator a monthly access fee and in some cases a marketing support payment
based on the number of homes receiving the Company’s programming. For fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 the Company expensed
approximately  $56,681,000,  $82,330,000  and  $89,066,000  under  these  distribution  agreements  as  a  component  of  distribution  and  selling
expense in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Additionally during fiscal 2020, the Company acquired television distribution
rights, which are recorded as an asset and a liability on the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization expense for television distribution rights
is included as a component of depreciation and amortization in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. See Note 4 - “Television
Distribution Rights” for additional information.

Over the past years, the Company has maintained its distribution footprint with the Company’s material cable and satellite distribution
carriers.  Failure  to  maintain  the  cable  agreements  covering  a  material  portion  of  the  Company’s  existing  cable  households  on  acceptable
financial  and  other  terms  could  adversely  affect  future  growth,  revenues  and  earnings  unless  the  Company  is  able  to  arrange  for  alternative
means  of  broadly  distributing  its  television  programming.  Cable  operators  serving  a  large  majority  of  cable  households  offer  cable
programming  on  a  digital  basis.  The  use  of  digital  compression  technology  provides  cable  companies  with  greater  channel  capacity.  While
greater channel capacity increases the opportunity for distribution and, in some cases, reduces access fees paid by us, it also may adversely
impact the Company’s ability to compete for television viewers to the extent it results in less desirable channel positioning for us, placement of
the Company’s programming in separate programming tiers, the broadcast of additional competitive channels or viewer fragmentation due to a
greater number of programming alternatives.

The Company has entered into, and will continue to enter into, distribution agreements with other television operators providing for full-

or part-time carriage of the Company’s television shopping programming.

73

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Future cable and satellite distribution cash commitments at January 30, 2021 are as follows:

Fiscal Year
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025 and thereafter

Employment Agreements

$

Amount
41,407,000
12,390,000
—
—
—

On May 2, 2019, the Company entered into an executive employment agreement with Mr. Peterman, the Company’s Chief Executive
Officer. Among  other  things,  the  employment  agreement  provides  for  a  two-year  initial  term,  followed  by  automatic  one-year  renewals,  an
initial base salary of $650,000, annual bonus stipulations, a temporary living expense allowance and participation in the Company’s executive
relocation program. The aggregate commitment for future base compensation related to the agreement at January 30, 2021 was approximately
$163,000. In conjunction with the employment agreement, the Company granted Mr. Peterman an award of 68,000 restricted stock units with
an  aggregate  fair  value  of  $220,000.  The  chief  executive  officer’s  employment  agreement  also  provides  for  severance  in  the  event  of
employment termination in accordance with the Company’s established guidelines regarding severance as described below.

The  Company  has  established  guidelines  regarding  severance  for  its  senior  executive  officers,  whereby  if  a  senior  executive  officer’s
employment terminates for reasons other than change of control, up to 15 months of the executive’s highest annual rate of base salary for those
serving as Chief Executive Officer or Executive Vice President and up to 12 months of the executive’s highest annual rate of base salary for
those  serving  as  Senior  Vice  President  may  become  payable.  If  a  Chief  Executive  Officer  or  Executive  Vice  President’s  employment
terminates  within  a one-year  period  commencing  on  the  date  of  a  change  in  control  or  within six months  preceding  the  date  of  a  change  in
control, up to 18 months of the executive’s highest annual rate of base salary, plus 1.5 times the target annual incentive bonus determined from
such base salary, may become payable. If a Senior Vice President’s employment terminates within a  one-year period commencing on the date
of a change in control or within six months preceding the date of a change in control, up to 15 months of the executive’s highest annual rate of
base salary, plus 1.25 times the target annual incentive bonus determined from such base salary, may become payable.

Retirement Savings Plan

The Company maintains a qualified 401(k) retirement savings plan covering substantially all employees. The plan allows the Company’s
employees to make voluntary contributions to the plan. Commencing in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company provided a contribution
match of $0.50 for every $1.00 contributed by eligible participants up to a maximum of 3% of eligible compensation. Matching contributions
were contributed to the plan on a per pay period basis. During fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, the Company provided a contribution match of $0.50
for every $1.00 contributed by eligible participants up to a maximum of 6%  of  eligible  compensation.  Company  plan  contributions  expense
totaled $58,000, $1,135,000 and $1,476,000 for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, of which $0 was accrued and outstanding at January
30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019.

(17)  Inventory Impairment Write-down

On  May  2,  2019,  Timothy  A.  Peterman  was  appointed  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company  (See  Note  21  -  “Executive  and
Management  Transition  Costs”)  and  implemented  a  new  merchandise  strategy  to  shift  airtime  and  merchandise  by  increasing  higher
contribution  margin  categories,  such  as  jewelry  &  watches  and  beauty  &  wellness,  and  decreasing  home  and  fashion  &  accessories.  This
change of strategy resulted in the need to liquidate excess inventory in the fashion & accessories and home product categories as a result of the
reduced airtime being allocated to those categories. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash inventory write-down of $6,050,000 within
cost of sales during the first quarter of fiscal 2019.

74

    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(18)  Litigation

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The Company is involved from time to time in various claims and lawsuits in the ordinary course of business, including claims related to
products,  product  warranties,  contracts,  employment,  intellectual  property,  consumer  protection  and  regulatory  matters.  In  the  opinion  of
management, none of the claims and suits, either individually or in the aggregate, are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the
Company’s operations or consolidated financial statements.

(19)  Related Party Transactions

Relationship with Sterling Time, Invicta Watch Company of America, and Retailing Enterprises

On May 2, 2019, in accordance with the Purchase Agreement described in Note 10 - "Shareholders’ Equity," the Company’s Board of
directors elected Michael Friedman and Eyal Lalo to the board and appointed Mr. Lalo as the vice chair of the board. Mr. Lalo reestablished
Invicta, the flagship brand of the Invicta Watch Group and one of the Company’s largest brands, in 1994, and has served as its chief executive
officer since its inception. Mr. Friedman has served as chief executive officer of Sterling Time, which is the exclusive distributor of IWCA’s
watches and watch accessories for television home shopping and our long-time vendor, since 2005. Sterling Time has served as a vendor to the
Company  for  over  20  years.  For  their  service  as  non-employee  members  of  the  board  of  directors,  Messrs.  Friedman  and  Lalo  receive
compensation under the Company's non-employee director compensation policy.

Mr. Lalo is the owner of IWCA, which is the sole owner of Invicta Media Investments, LLC. Mr. Friedman is an owner of Sterling Time.
Pursuant  to  the  Purchase Agreement  the  following  companies  invested  as  a  group,  including:  Invicta  Media  Investments,  LLC  purchased
400,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and a warrant to purchase 252,656 shares of the Company’s common stock for an aggregate
purchase  price  of  $3,000,000,  Michael  and  Leah  Friedman  purchased 180,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  and  a  warrant  to
purchase 84,218  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $1,350,000,  and  Retailing  Enterprises,  LLC
purchased 160,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $1,200,000, among others.

On April  14,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  a  common  stock  and  warrant  purchase  agreement  with  certain  individuals  and  entities,
pursuant  to  which  the  Company  sold  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock  and  issued  warrants  to  purchase  shares  of  the  Company's
common stock in a private placement. Details of the common stock and warrant purchase agreement are described in Note 10 - "Shareholders'
Equity." The purchasers consisted of the following: Invicta Media Investments, LLC, Michael and Leah Friedman and Hacienda Jackson LLC.
Invicta Media Investments, LLC purchased 734,394 shares of the Company's common stock and a warrant to purchase 367,196 shares of the
Company's  common  stock  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $1,500,000.  Michael  and  Leah  Friedman  purchased 727,022  shares  of  the
Company's  common  stock  and  a  warrant  to  purchase 367,196  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of
$1,500,000. Pursuant to the agreement, Sterling Time has standard payment terms with 90-day aging from receipt date for all purchase orders.
If the Company's accounts payable balance to Sterling Time exceeds (a) $3,000,000 in any given week during the Company's first three fiscal
quarters through May 31, 2022 or (b) $4,000,000 in any given week during the Company's fourth fiscal quarters of fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2021,
the Company will pay the accounts payable balance owed to Sterling Time that is above these stated amounts. Following May 31, 2022, the
Company's payment terms revert back to standard 90-day aging terms as previously described.

On  August  28,  2020,  Invicta  Media  Investments,  LLC  purchased 256,000  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock  pursuant  to  the

Company's public equity offering.

Transactions with Sterling Time

The  Company  purchased  products  from  Sterling  Time,  an  affiliate  of  Mr.  Friedman,  in  the  aggregate  amount  of  $51.0  million,    $58.7
million and $54.8 million during fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. In addition, during fiscal 2019, the Company subsidized the cost of a
promotional cruise for Invicta branded and other vendors’ products. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the Company had a net trade
payable balance owed to Sterling Time of $825,000 and $1.6 million.

75

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Transactions with Retailing Enterprises

During  fiscal  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement,  which  was  subsequently  amended,  to  liquidate  obsolete  inventory  to
Retailing  Enterprises,  LLC  for  a  total  purchase  price  of  $1.4  million.  The  inventory  is  currently  stored  at  the  Company’s  fulfillment  center
under a bill and hold arrangement. The terms of the agreement provide for 12 monthly payments. During the third quarter of fiscal 2020, the
Company sold additional inventory to Retailing Enterprises, LLC for a purchase price of $365,000. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1,
2020, the Company had a net trade receivable balance owed from Retailing Enterprises of $641,000 and $1.2 million. During fiscal 2020, the
Company  accrued  commissions  of  $263,000  to  Retailing  Enterprises,  LLC  for  Company  sales  of  the  Invincible  Guarantee  program.  The
Invincible  Guarantee  program  is  an  Invicta  watch  offer  whereby  customers  receive  credit  on  watch  trade-ins  within  a  five-year  period.  The
program  is  serviced  by  Retailing  Enterprises,  LLC.  In  addition,  the  Company  provided  third  party  logistic  services  and  warehousing  to
Retailing Enterprises, LLC, totaling $747,000 during fiscal 2020.

Transactions with Famjams Trading

The  Company  purchased  products  from  Famjams  Trading  LLC  ("Famjams  Trading"),  an  affiliate  of  Mr.  Friedman,  in  the  aggregate
amount of $48.8 million and $2.2 million during fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019. In addition, the Company provided third party logistic services
and warehousing to Famjams Trading, totaling $59,000 and $42,000 in fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019. As of January 30, 2021, the Company’s net
trade payable balance with Famjams Trading was a debit balance of $4.3 million, which primarily resulted from $3.0 million paid to Famjams
Trading  for  a  2021  spring  season  advance  to  help  finance  the  upfront  cash  commitments  FamJams  would  have  to  make  to  its  vendors  in
January 2021 to fulfill iMedia’s entire contemplated seasonal purchase plan. Famjams Trading will repay the $ 3.0 million in funding over four
equal  quarterly  installments  during  fiscal  2021. As  of  February  1,  2020,  the  Company  had  a  net  trade  payable  balance  owed  to  Famjams
Trading of $488,000.

Transactions with TWI Watches

The Company purchased products from TWI Watches LLC ("TWI Watches"), an affiliate of Mr. Friedman, in the aggregate amount of
$789,000, $782,000 and $918,000 during fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the Company
had a net trade payable balance owed to TWI Watches of $256,000 and $277,000.

Transactions with The Hub Marketing Services, LLC

The Company received marketing services from The Hub Marketing Services, LLC, an affiliate of Mr. Lalo, in the aggregate amount of
$300,000 and $100,000 during fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the Company had a net trade payable
balance owed to The Hub Marketing Services, LLC of $25,000 and $50,000.

Transactions with a Financial Advisor

In November 2018, the Company entered into an engagement letter with Guggenheim Securities, LLC pursuant to which Guggenheim
was engaged to provide certain advisory services to the Company. A relative of Neal Grabell, who was a director of the Company at that time,
was a managing director of Guggenheim Securities. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company accrued $1.0 million in connection
with  an  amendment  to  the  engagement  letter. As  of  January  30,  2021,  no  amounts  have  been  paid.  Payments  will  be  made  in  12  monthly
installments commencing in fiscal 2021.

(20)  Restructuring Costs

During  fiscal  2020,  the  Company  implemented  and  completed  a  cost  optimization  initiative,  which  eliminated  positions  across  the
Company’s ShopHQ segment, the majority of which were in customer service, order fulfillment and television production. As a result of the
fiscal 2020 cost optimization initiative, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $715,000 for the year ended January 30, 2021, which
relate primarily to severance and other incremental costs associated with the consolidation and elimination of positions across the Company's
ShopHQ  segment.  These  initiatives  were  substantially  completed  as  of  January  30,  2021,  with  related  cash  payments  expected  to  continue
through the second quarter of fiscal 2021.

76

Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

During fiscal 2019, the Company implemented cost optimization initiatives to streamline our organizational structure and realign our cost
base with sales declines. During the second quarter of 2019, the Company implemented and completed a cost optimization initiative, which
reduced and flattened the Company’s organizational structure, closed the New York office, closed the Los Angeles office and related product
development  initiatives,  and  reduced  corporate  overhead  costs.  The  second  quarter  2019  initiative  included  the  elimination  of 11  senior
executive  roles  and  a 20%  reduction  to  the  Company’s  non-variable  workforce.  During  the  third  and  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  the
Company completed additional reductions in the Company’s organizational structure to manage the Company’s costs. As a result of the fiscal
2019  cost  optimization  initiatives,  the  Company  recorded  restructuring  charges  of  $9,166,000  for  the  year  ended  February  1,  2020,  which
relate primarily to severance and other incremental costs associated with the consolidation and elimination of positions across the Company.
Both of the Company’s operating segments were affected by these actions including $8,228,000 related to the ShopHQ segment and $938,000
related to the Emerging Businesses segment.

The following table summarizes the significant components and activity under the restructuring program for the year ended January 30,

2021:

Severance
Other incremental costs

     Balance at
February 1,
2020
3,133,000
127,000
3,260,000

$

$

Charges

642,000
73,000
715,000

$

$

Cash Payments
$

(3,733,000) $
(195,000)
(3,928,000) $

$

     Balance at
January 30,
2021
42,000
5,000
47,000

The liability for restructuring accruals is included in current accrued liabilities within the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

(21)  Executive and Management Transition Costs

On May 2, 2019, Robert J. Rosenblatt, the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer, was terminated from his position as an officer
and  employee  of  the  Company  and  was  entitled  to  receive  the  payments  set  forth  in  his  employment  agreement.  The  Company  recorded
charges to income totaling $1,922,000 as a result. Mr. Rosenblatt remained a member of the Company’s board of directors until October 1,
2019. On May 2, 2019, in accordance with the purchase agreement described in Note 10 – “Shareholders’ Equity,” the Company’s board of
directors  appointed  Timothy  A.  Peterman  to  serve  as  Chief  Executive  Officer,  effective  immediately,  and  entered  into  an  employment
agreement  with  Mr.  Peterman.  In  conjunction  with  these  executive  changes  as  well  as  other  executive  and  management  terminations  made
during fiscal 2019, the Company recorded charges to income totaling $2,741,000, which relate primarily to severance payments to be made as
a result of the executive officer and other management terminations and other direct costs associated with the Company’s 2019 executive and
management transition. As of January 30, 2021, $241,000 was accrued, with the related cash payments expected to continue through the second
quarter of fiscal 2021.

On January 1, 2019, the Company entered into a separation and release agreement with its President in connection with her resignation,
effective  January  1,  2019.  On  April  11,  2018,  the  Company  entered  into  a  transition  and  separation  agreement  with  its  Executive  Vice
President,  Chief  Operating  Officer/Chief  Financial  Officer,  under  which  his  position  terminated  on April  16,  2018  and  he  served  as  a  non-
officer employee until June 1, 2018. On April 11, 2018, the Company announced the appointment of a new Chief Financial Officer, effective
as of April 16, 2018. In conjunction with these executive changes as well as other executive and management terminations made during fiscal
2018, the Company recorded charges to income totaling $2,093,000, which relate primarily to severance payments to be made as a result of the
executive officer and other management terminations and other direct costs associated with the Company’s 2018 executive and management
transitions.

(22)  Subsequent Events

TheCloseout.com Joint Venture

On  February  5,  2021,  the  Company  became  a  controlling  member  under  a  limited  liability  company  agreement  for  TCO,  LLC,  a

Delaware LLC newly created to operate a joint venture between the Company and LAKR Ecomm Group LLC

77

    
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

iMEDIA BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

(“LAKR”). The joint venture will operate TheCloseout.com, an online marketplace that was previously owned by Invicta Media Investments
and Retailing Enterprises. LAKR is a newly formed company indirectly owned by Invicta Media Investments, LLC and Retailing Enterprises,
LLC. The initial Board of Directors of the joint venture includes Tim Peterman, the Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company,
Landel  Hobbs,  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  the  Company,  and  Eyal  Lalo,  a  director  of  the  Company.  See  Note  19  –  “Related  Party
Transactions” for additional information regarding the Company’s relationships with Invicta Media Investments, LLC, Retailing Enterprises
and Mr. Lalo.

Under the limited liability company agreement, the Company will act as the controlling member. Mr. Peterman and Mr. Hobbs, as the
designees of the Company, will lead the Joint Venture, with certain significant corporate actions requiring the consent of both members. Mr.
Peterman will be the Chairperson of the joint venture. Distributions of available cash may be made to the members at the discretion of the joint
venture’s board of managers. In addition, beginning on February 5, 2026 and recurring every 12 months thereafter, the Company will have the
right, but not the obligation, to acquire LAKR’s interest in the joint venture at a value determined based on financial benchmarks set forth in
the limited liability company agreement.

In  connection  with  the  entry  into  the  joint  venture,  the  Company  contributed  assets  in  the  form  of  inventory  valued  at  $3.5  million  in
exchange for a 51% interest in the joint venture, and LAKR contributed assets in the form of inventory and intellectual property valued at $3.4
million in exchange for a 49% interest in the joint venture. The Company also entered into a loan and security agreement with the joint venture,
pursuant  to  which  the  joint  venture  may  borrow  up  to  $1,000,000  from  the  Company  on  a  revolving  basis  pursuant  to  a  promissory  note
bearing interest at LIBOR plus 4%, provided that the floor of such interest rate is 4.25%. The promissory note is payable on demand by the
Company, may be voluntarily prepaid at any time, and must be repaid prior to the joint venture making any distributions, other than advances
for tax withholdings, to its members.

Public Equity Offering

On February 22, 2021, the Company completed a public offering, in which the Company issued and sold 3,289,000 shares of its common
stock  at  a  public  offering  price  of  $7.00  per  share,  including 429,000  shares  sold  upon  the  exercise  of  the  underwriter’s  option  to  purchase
additional  shares.  After  underwriter  discounts  and  commissions  and  other  offering  costs,  net  proceeds  from  the  public  offering  were
approximately $21.2 million.

Cristopher & Banks Licensing Agreement

Christopher & Banks is a specialty brand of privately branded women's apparel and accessories. The Christopher & Banks brand was
previously owned by Christopher & Banks Corporation, which filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in
January 2021. On March 1, 2021, the Company entered into a licensing agreement with ReStore Capital, a Hilco Global company, whereby the
Company  will  operate  the  Christopher  &  Banks  business  throughout  all  sales  channels,  including  digital,  television,  catalog,  and  brick  and
mortar retail, effective March 1, 2021. The Company also purchased certain assets related to the Christopher & Banks eCommerce business,
including primarily inventory, furniture, equipment, and certain intangible assets. The Company plans to launch a new weekly Christopher &
Banks television program on its ShopHQ network, which will also promote the brand’s website, cristopherandbanks.com, its only two retail
stores  in  Coon  Rapids,  Minnesota,  and  Branson,  Missouri,  and  planned  launch  of  Christopher  &  Banks  Stylists,  an  online  interactive  video
platform that customizes wardrobe outfitting by a Christopher & Banks stylist.  

78

Table of Contents

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of January 30, 2021, management conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our chief executive
officer and interim chief financial officer of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)  under  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934  (the  "Exchange Act")).  Based  on  this  evaluation,  the  chief  executive  officer  and
interim  chief  financial  officer  concluded  that,  as  of  that  date,  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  to  ensure  that
information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and
reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission’s  rules  and  forms,  and  to  ensure  that  information
required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management,
including our principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  defined  in
Rules  13a-15(f)  under  the  Securities  Exchange Act  1934.  Our  company’s  internal  control  system  was  designed  to  provide  reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be
effective  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  with  respect  to  financial  statement  preparation  and  presentation.  Because  of  its  inherent
limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 30, 2021. In making
this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  in
Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013).

Based  on  management’s  evaluation  under  the  framework  in Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013),  management

concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 30, 2021.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have not identified any change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth fiscal quarter of fiscal 2020 that

has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.  Other Information

None.

79

Table of Contents

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

Information in response to this item with respect to our executive officers appears below and additional information with respect to
our  directors  and  our  audit  and  other  committees  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  sections  titled  "Proposal  1  —  Election  of
Directors,"  "Information  about  our  Executive  Officers"  and,  as  applicable,  "Delinquent  Section  16(a)  Reports"  in  our  definitive  proxy
statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report on Form 10
K.

Information about Our Executive Officers

Set forth below are the names, ages and titles of the persons serving as our executive officers.

Name
Timothy A. Peterman
Jean-Guillaume Sabatier

Age
 54
 51

  Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer and Director
  Executive Vice President, Chief Commerce Officer

Position(s) Held

Timothy A. Peterman rejoined our company as Chief Executive Officer in May 2019 and was appointed as Interim Chief Financial
Officer in January 2020 and as a member of the board in April 2020. From March 2015 through April 2018, Mr. Peterman served as our
Chief Financial Officer, and was promoted to Chief Operating Officer / Chief Financial Officer in June 2017. Mr. Peterman served as Chief
Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer at Amerimark Interactive from April 2018 to May 2019. Prior to
March  2015,  Mr.  Peterman  served  in  various  senior  roles  in  leading  interactive  media  companies  including  IAC/Interactive  Corp
(NASDAQ: IAC); Sinclair Broadcast Group (NASDAQ: SBGI), and the E.W Scripps Company (NASDAQ: SSP).  Mr. Peterman began his
career at KPMG in Chicago in 1989, is a CPA and holds a BS in accounting from the University of Kentucky.

Jean-Guillaume  Sabatier rejoined  the  Company  as  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Commerce  Officer  in  May  2019.  His  role  is
focused on operating fundamentals in pricing, merchandising, programming and planning. Most recently from March 2017 until rejoining
the  Company,  Mr.  Sabatier  served  as  a  planning  and  programming  consultant  in  both  Germany  and  Italy  to  HSE24,  an  omni-channel
retailer.  From  2008  to  2017,  he  served  as  the  Company’s  Senior  Vice  President,  Sales  &  Product  Planning,  and  from  2007  to  2008  he
served  as  Director,  Sales  and  Product  Planning  for  QVC,  Inc.  Prior  to  that  time,  Mr.  Sabatier  held  various  positions  in  QVC’s  German
business unit, including Director, Programming and Planning from 2003 to 2007. He began his QVC career as a sales and product planner
in 1997. Mr. Sabatier holds a BS and MBA from West Chester University in Pennsylvania.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We  have  adopted  a  code  of  business  conduct  and  ethics  applicable  to  all  of  our  directors  and  employees,  including  our  principal
executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller and other employees performing similar functions. A
copy  of  this  code  of  business  conduct  and  ethics  is  available  on  our  website  at  investors.imediabrands.com,  under  "Governance  —
Governance  Documents  —  Business  Ethics  Policy."  In  addition,  we  have  adopted  a  code  of  ethics  policy  for  our  senior  financial
management; this policy is also available on our website at investors.imediabrands.com, under "Governance — Governance Documents —
Code of Ethics Policy for Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers."

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirements under Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our code

of business conduct and ethics by posting such information on our website at the address specified above.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

Information in response to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections titled "Director Compensation for Fiscal 2020,"
"Executive Compensation" and "Board of Directors and Corporate Governance" in our definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report on Form 10-K.

80

    
    
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

Information  in  response  to  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  section  titled  "Security  Ownership  of  Principal
Shareholders  and  Management"  and  "Equity  Compensation  Plan  Information"  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  to  be  filed  pursuant  to
Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report on Form 10-K.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information in response to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections titled "Certain Relationships and Transactions"
and  "Board  of  Directors  and  Corporate  Governance"  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  to  be  filed  pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  within
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report on Form 10-K.

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Information in response to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section titled "Audit Committee Report and Payment of
Fees to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" in our definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report on Form 10-K.

81

Table of Contents

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

1. Financial Statements

PART IV

● Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
● Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020
● Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019
● Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019
● Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended January 30, 2021, February 1, 2019, and February 2, 2019
● Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required or because the required information is included in the

consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

82

Table of Contents

3. Exhibits

Exhibit No.
3.1
3.2
3.3

4.1
4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6
4.7
4.8
10.1
10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7
10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11
10.12

10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16

Description

Fourth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
By-Laws of the Company (as amended through July 16, 2019)
Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred
Stock of the Registrant, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of
Minnesota
Description of Capital Stock
Shareholder Rights Plan, dated as of July 13, 2015, by and between the Registrant
and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as rights agent
Restricted Stock Award Agreement, dated November 23, 2018, in favor of
Flageoli Classic Limited, LLC
Form of Warrant under Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated
April 14, 2020 by and between iMedia Brands, Inc. and the Purchasers listed
therein (coverage)
Form of Warrant under Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated
April 14, 2020 by and between iMedia Brands, Inc. and the Purchasers listed
therein (fully paid)
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement with vendors
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement with vendors
Form of Warrant, dated May 2, 2019
Amended and Restated 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (Employees) under 2004 Omnibus
Stock Plan
Form of Stock Option Agreement (Executive Officers) under 2004 Omnibus
Stock Plan
Form of Stock Option Agreement (Executive Officers) under 2004 Omnibus
Stock Plan
Form of Stock Option Agreement (Directors - Annual Grant) under 2004
Omnibus Stock Plan
Form of Stock Option Agreement (Directors - Other Grants) under 2004 Omnibus
Stock Plan
EVINE Live Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended April 23, 2018
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2011 Omnibus Incentive
Plan
Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2011 Omnibus
Incentive Plan
Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2011 Omnibus
Incentive Plan
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2011 Omnibus Stock Plan
Form of Performance Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2011 Omnibus
Incentive Plan
ValueVision Media, Inc. Executives’ Severance Benefit Plan
Evine Live Inc. Executives’ Severance Benefit Plan
Form of Indemnification Agreement with Directors and Officers of the Registrant
iMedia Brands, Inc. Management Incentive Plan

83

Method of Filing
Incorporated by reference
Incorporated by reference
Incorporated by reference

Filed herewith
Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference
Incorporated by reference
Incorporated by reference
Incorporated by reference†
Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†
Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†
Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†
Incorporated by reference†
Incorporated by reference†
Incorporated by reference†

   
   
Table of Contents

10.17
10.18
10.19

10.20

10.21
10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

10.28

10.29

10.30

10.31

10.32

Description of Director Compensation Program
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2011 Omnibus
Incentive Plan
Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the 2011
Omnibus Incentive Plan
iMedia Brands, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan
Shareholder Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2016, between EVINE Live Inc.,
and NBCUniversal Media, LLC
Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 25, 2009,
among the Registrant, GE Capital Equity Investments, Inc. and NBC
Universal, Inc.
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated
as of April 29, 2016, among the Registrant, ASF Radio, L.P., and NBCUniversal
Media, LLC
Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated February 9, 2012 among the
Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of its subsidiaries party thereto as
borrowers, PNC Bank National Association, as lender and agent
First Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated May 1,
2013, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of its subsidiaries party
thereto as borrowers, PNC Bank National Association, as lender and agent
Second Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated July 30,
2013, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of its subsidiaries party
thereto as borrowers, PNC Bank, National Association, as agent for the lenders
Third Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated January 31,
2014, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of its subsidiaries party
thereto as borrowers, PNC Bank National Association, as lender and agent
Fourth Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated March 6,
2015, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of its subsidiaries party
thereto as borrowers, PNC Bank National Association, as lender and agent for the
lenders and certain other lenders
Fifth Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated
October 8, 2015, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of its
subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, PNC Bank National Association, as a
lender and agent and certain other lenders
Sixth Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated
March 10, 2016, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of its
subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, and PNC Bank National Association, as a
lender and agent and certain other lenders
Seventh Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement,
dated September 7, 2016, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of
its subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, and PNC Bank National Association,
as a lender and agent and certain other lenders

84

Incorporated by reference †
Incorporated by reference†
Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†
Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Table of Contents

10.33

10.34

10.35

10.36

10.37

10.38

10.39

10.40

10.41
10.42

10.43

10.44

10.45

10.46

10.47

10.48

10.49

Eighth Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement,
dated March 21, 2017, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of its
subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, and PNC Bank National Association, as a
lender and agent and certain other lenders
Ninth Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement,
dated September 25, 2017, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of
its subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, and PNC Bank National Association,
as a lender and agent and certain other lenders
Tenth Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement,
dated July 27, 2018, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of its
subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, and PNC Bank National Association, as a
lender and agent and certain other lenders
Eleventh Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement,
dated November 25, 2019, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of
its subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, and PNC Bank National Association,
as a lender and agent and certain other lenders
Twelfth Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement,
dated February 5, 2021, among the Registrant, as the lead borrower, certain of its
subsidiaries party thereto as borrowers, and PNC Bank National Association, as a
lender and agent and certain other lenders
Letter agreement, dated July 9, 2015, between the Company and GE Capital
Equity Investments, Inc.
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement, including Form of Warrant and Form of
Option, dated September 14, 2016, between the Registrant and the purchasers
referenced therein
Form of Amendment to Option issued pursuant to the Securities Purchase
Agreement, dated September 14, 2016
Form of Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 14, 2016
First Amended and Restated Option, dated March 16, 2017, among the Registrant
and TH Media Partners, LLC
Repurchase Letter Agreement, dated January 30, 2017 between the Company and
NBCUniversal Media, LLC

Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019, by
and between EVINE Live Inc. and the Purchasers listed therein
Vendor Exclusivity Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019, by and between EVINE
Live Inc. and Sterling Time, LLC
Vendor Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019, by and between EVINE Live Inc.
and Sterling Time, LLC
Letter Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019, by Invicta Watch Company of
America, Inc. in favor of EVINE Live Inc.
Merchandise Letter Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019, by Sterling Time, LLC
in favor of EVINE Live Inc.
Form of Clawback Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019

85

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Filed herewith

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference
Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Table of Contents

10.50

10.51

10.52

10.53

10.54

10.55

10.56

10.57

10.58

10.59

10.60

10.61

10.62

21
23
24

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019, by and between EVINE
Live Inc. and Timothy A. Peterman
Performance Share Unit Award Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2019, between
EVINE Live, Inc. and Timothy A. Peterman
Board Resignation and Consulting Agreement by and between Robert Rosenblatt
and iMedia Brands, Inc., dated October 1, 2019
Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2019, by and
between iMedia Brands, Inc. and ABG-Shaq, LLC
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2019, by and between
iMedia Brands, Inc. and ABG-Shaq, LLC
Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2020, by
and between iMedia Brands, Inc. and the Purchasers listed therein
First Amendment, dated as of June 12, 2020, to that certain Common Stock and
Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2020, by and between iMedia
Brands, Inc. and the Purchasers listed therein
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2020, by and between
iMedia Brands, Inc. and the Purchasers listed therein
Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated February 5, 2021, among the
Company, LAKR Ecomm Group LLC and TCO, LLC
Contribution Agreement, dated February 5, 2021, by and between the Company
and TCO, LLC
Shared Services Agreement, dated February 5, 2021, by and between the
Company and TCO, LLC
Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 5, 2021, by and between the
Company and TCO, LLC
Demand Promissory Note, dated February 5, 2021, issued by the Company to
TCO, LLC
Significant Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Powers of Attorney

31.1
31.2
32
101.INS

101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE
Exhibit
104

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the
Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline
XBRL document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
Cover Page Interactive Data File - The cover page interactive data file does not
appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within
the Inline XBRL document

†

     Management compensatory plan/arrangement.

86

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference†

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Incorporated by reference

Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Included with signature pages

Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith

Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith

Table of Contents

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

87

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of Section B or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused

this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on April 23, 2021.

SIGNATURES

iMedia Brands, Inc.
(Registrant)

By:

/s/ TIMOTHY A. PETERMAN

Timothy A. Peterman
Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer

Each  of  the  undersigned  hereby  appoints  Timothy  Peterman  (with  full  power  to  act  alone),  as  attorneys  and  agents  for  the
undersigned, with full power of substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, any and all amendments and exhibits to this annual report
on Form 10-K and any and all applications, instruments, and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
pertaining to this annual report on Form 10-K or any amendments thereto, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts
and  things  whatsoever  requisite  and  necessary  or  desirable.  Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as
amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on April 23,
2021.

Name

Title

/s/  TIMOTHY A. PETERMAN

Timothy A. Peterman

/s/  LANDEL C. HOBBS

Landel C. Hobbs

/s/  EYAL LALO

Eyal Lalo

/s/  MICHAEL FRIEDMAN

Michael Friedman

/s/  JILL M. KRUEGER

Jill M. Krueger

/s/  LISA A. LETIZIO

Lisa A. Letizio

/s/  DARRYL C. PORTER

Darryl C. Porter

/s/  AARON P. REITKOPF

Aaron P. Reitkopf

Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial
Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer and

Chairman of the Board

Vice Chairman of the Board

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

88

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Exhibit 4.1

The summary of the general terms and provisions of the capital stock of iMedia Brands, Inc. (the “Company”) set forth below does not purport to
be complete and is subject to and qualified by reference to the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”), and By-
Laws  of  the  Company  (the  “Bylaws,”  and  together  with  the Articles,  the  “Charter Documents”),  each  of  which  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  and
attached as an exhibit to the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC”). For
additional information, please read the Charter Documents and the applicable provisions of the Minnesota Business Corporation Act (the “MBCA”).

Capital Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of capital stock, including up to 20,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per
share  (the  “Common Stock”),  and  preferred  stock  (the  “Preferred Stock”)  having  a  par  value  as  determined  by  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  (the
“Board”). The Board is authorized at any time and from time to time, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of preferred
stock in one or more classes and/or series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix by resolution the designation,
powers, preferences and rights of the shares of such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The Board has authorized a series of
400,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value of $0.01 per share, designated as the Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock (the “ Series A
Preferred Stock”). The number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased by the Board, but no decrease may reduce
the number of Series A Preferred Stock reserved for issuance below the number of shares thereof then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved for
issuance  upon  the  exercise  of  outstanding  options,  rights  or  warrants  or  upon  the  conversion  of  any  outstanding  securities  issued  by  the  Company
convertible into Series A Preferred Stock.

The Common Stock is registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”), along with certain “Rights to
Purchase Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock” (the “ Rights”). On July 10, 2015, a duly authorized committee of the Board declared a
dividend distribution of one Right for each outstanding share of Common Stock to shareholders of record as of the close of business on July 23, 2015 and
issuable as of that date. Except in certain circumstances, each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a
share of Series A Preferred Stock (each one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, a “ Unit”) at a price of $90.00 per Unit (the “Purchase
Price”). The rights of a holder of a Unit are substantially equivalent to the rights of a holder of a share of Common Stock. The description and terms of the
Rights are set forth in a Shareholder Rights Plan dated as of July 13, 2015 (the “Shareholder Rights Plan”), between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank,
N.A., a national banking association, which is incorporated herein by reference and attached as an exhibit to the Company’s most recent Annual Report on
Form 10-K filed with the SEC. Certain provisions of the Shareholder Rights Plan could have anti-takeover effects, as described below under “Potential
Anti-Takeover Effects.”

Voting Rights

The holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders,
including the election of directors. The Articles do not permit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of
one or more classes or series of Preferred

Stock issued by the Company, each director of the Company shall be elected at a meeting of shareholders by the vote of the majority of votes cast with
respect to that director, provided that directors of the Company shall be elected by a plurality of the votes present and entitled to vote on the election of
directors at any such meeting for which the number of nominees exceeds the number of directors to be elected. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock
entitles  the  holder  thereof  to  1,000  votes  on  all  matters  submitted  to  a  vote  of  the  shareholders  of  the  Company.  Voting  rights  with  respect  to  certain
significant  corporate  transactions  may  be  impacted  as  described  below  under  “Potential Anti-Takeover  Effects.”  Holders  of  Common  Stock  may  act  by
unanimous written consent in lieu of meeting with respect to any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders.

Dividend Rights

Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock and any other class or series having a preference as to dividends over the Common Stock
then outstanding, the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably, to the extent permitted by law, such dividends as may be declared from
time to time by the Board upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the Articles. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive,
when, as and if declared by the Board out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first day of March, June,
September and December in each year (each such date, a “Quarterly Dividend Payment Date”) in an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) $10.00 or
(b) 1,000  times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash
dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by
reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock, since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the
first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock. Dividends are cumulative on
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (accrued but unpaid dividends do not bear interest).

Liquidation Rights

Upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding-up of the Company, the holders of the Common Stock
are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any Preferred Stock, including the Series A
Preferred Stock. No distribution shall be made to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the
holders  of  shares  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock  have  received  $10.00  per  share,  plus  an  amount  equal  to  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  and  distributions
thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment (the “Series A Liquidation Preference ”). Following the payment of the full amount of the
Series A Liquidation Preference, no additional distributions will be made to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock unless the holders of shares of
Common  Stock  shall  have  received  an  amount  per  share  (the  “Common Adjustment”)  equal  to  the  quotient  obtained  by  dividing  (i)  the  Series  A
Liquidation Preference by (ii) 1,000 (as adjusted for events such as stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock)
(the “Adjustment Number”). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the Common Adjustment in respect of
all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock, respectively, holders of Series A Preferred Stock and holders of shares of Common
Stock shall receive their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining assets to be distributed in the ratio of the Adjustment Number to 1 with respect to
such Preferred Stock and Common Stock, on a per share basis, respectively.

No Preemptive Rights

The Articles preclude any shareholder of the Company from having preemptive rights. The Common Stock has no sinking fund, conversion or
exchange  rights.  Shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  are  not  redeemable  but  are  subject  to  conversion  in  the  event  of  certain  significant  corporate
transactions  as  describe  below  under  “Potential Anti-Takeover  Effects.”  The  absence  of  preemptive  rights  for  both  Common  Stock  and  Preferred  Stock
could result in a dilution of the interest of investors should additional capital stock be issued.

Restrictions on Amendments to the Articles

The Articles may not be amended in any manner that would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A
Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or more of the outstanding shares of the Series A
Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

Listing

The Common Stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “IMBI.”

Potential Anti-Takeover Effects

The  Charter  Documents  and  the  MBCA  contain  certain  provisions  that  may  discourage  an  unsolicited  takeover  of  the  Company  or  make  an
unsolicited  takeover  of  the  Company  more  difficult.  The  following  are  some  of  the  more  significant  anti-takeover  provisions  that  are  applicable  to  the
Company:

Automatic Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock

In  the  event  the  Company  enters  into  any  consolidation,  merger,  combination  or  other  transaction  in  which  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  are
exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Series A Preferred Stock will at
the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment set forth below) equal to 1,000 times the
aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common
Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Company shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock
payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number
of  shares,  then  in  each  such  case  the  amount  set  forth  in  the  preceding  sentence  with  respect  to  the  exchange  or  change  of  shares  of  Series A  Junior
Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding
immediately prior to such event.

The Shareholder Rights Plan

The provisions of the Shareholder Rights Plan could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change of control of the Company and
could  discourage  bids  for  the  Common  Stock  at  a  premium  over  the  market  price  of  the  Common  Stock.  The  Rights  initially  trade  together  with  the
Common Stock and are not exercisable. Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Shareholder Rights Plan, the Rights will separate from the common
stock and become exercisable following (i) the tenth calendar day after a public announcement or filing that a person or group has become an “Acquiring
Person,” which is defined as a person who has acquired, or obtained the right to

acquire, beneficial ownership of 4.99% or more of the Common Stock then outstanding, subject to certain exceptions, or (ii) the tenth calendar day (or such
later date as may be determined by the Board) after any person or group commences a tender or exchange offer, the consummation of which would result in
a person or group becoming an Acquiring Person. If a person or group becomes an Acquiring Person, each Right will entitle its holders (other than such
Acquiring Person) to purchase one Unit at a price of $90.00 per Unit. A Unit is intended to give the shareholder approximately the same dividend, voting
and liquidation rights as would one share of Common Stock, and should approximate the value of one share of Common Stock. At any time after a person
becomes an Acquiring Person, the Board may exchange all or part of the outstanding Rights (other than those held by an Acquiring Person) for shares of
Common Stock at an exchange rate of one share of Common Stock (and, in certain circumstances, a Unit) for each Right.

The Rights will expire upon certain events described in the Shareholder Rights Plan, including the close of business on the date of the third annual
meeting of shareholders following the Company’s last annual meeting of shareholders at which the Shareholder Rights Plan was most recently approved by
shareholders, unless the Shareholder Rights Plan is re-approved by shareholders at that third annual meeting of shareholders. However, in no event will the
Shareholder Rights Plan expire later than the close of business on July 13, 2025. The Plan was approved by the Company’s shareholders at the 2019 annual
meeting of shareholders.

Special Meetings of Shareholders; Shareholder Action by Unanimous Written Consent; and Advance Notice of Shareholder Business Proposals and
Nominations

Section 302A.433 of the MBCA provides that special meetings of the Company’s shareholders may be called by the Company’s chief executive
officer, chief financial officer, two or more directors, or shareholders holding 10% or more of the voting power of all shares entitled to vote, except that a
special meeting demanded by shareholders for the purpose of considering any action to directly or indirectly facilitate or effect a business combination,
including any action to change or otherwise affect the composition of the Board for that purpose, must be called by 25% or more of the voting power of all
shares  entitled  to  vote.  Section  302A.441  of  the  MBCA  also  provides  that  action  may  be  taken  by  shareholders  without  a  meeting  only  by  unanimous
written consent. The Bylaws provide an advance written notice procedure with respect to shareholder proposals of business and shareholder nominations of
candidates for election as directors. Shareholders at an annual meeting are able to consider only the proposals and nominations specified in the notice of
meeting or otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board or by a shareholder that has delivered timely written notice in proper
form to the Company’s Secretary of the business to be brought before the meeting.

Control Share Provision

Section 302A.671 of the MBCA applies, with certain exceptions, to any acquisition of the Company’s voting stock (from a person other than the
Company and other than in connection with certain mergers and exchanges to which the Company is a party) resulting in the acquiring person owning 20%
or more of the Company’s voting stock then outstanding. Section 302A.671 requires approval of any such acquisitions by both (i) the affirmative vote of
the  holders  of  a  majority  of  the  shares  entitled  to  vote,  including  shares  held  by  the  acquiring  person,  and  (ii)  the  affirmative  vote  of  the  holders  of  a
majority of the shares entitled to vote, excluding all interested shares. In general, shares acquired in the absence of such approval are denied voting rights
and  are  redeemable  at  their  then  fair  market  value  by  the  Company  within  30  days  after  the  acquiring  person  has  failed  to  give  a  timely  information
statement to the Company or the date the shareholders voted not to grant voting rights to the acquiring person’s shares.

Business Combination Provision

Section 302A.673 of the MBCA generally prohibits the Company or any of its subsidiaries from entering into any merger, share exchange, sale of
material assets or similar transaction with a 10% shareholder within four years following the date the person became a 10% shareholder, unless either the
transaction  or  the  person’s  acquisition  of  shares  is  approved  prior  to  the  person  becoming  a  10%  shareholder  by  a  committee  of  all  of  the  disinterested
members of the Board.

Takeover Offer; Fair Price

Under  Section  302A.675  of  the  MBCA,  an  offeror  may  not  acquire  shares  of  a  publicly  held  corporation  within  two  years  following  the  last
purchase of shares pursuant to a takeover offer with respect to that class, including acquisitions made by purchase, exchange, merger, consolidation, partial
or  complete  liquidation,  redemption,  reverse  stock  split,  recapitalization,  reorganization,  or  any  other  similar  transaction,  unless  (i)  the  acquisition  is
approved by a committee of the board’s disinterested directors before the purchase of any shares by the offeror pursuant to the earlier takeover offer, or (ii)
shareholders  are  afforded,  at  the  time  of  the  proposed  acquisition,  a  reasonable  opportunity  to  dispose  of  the  shares  to  the  offeror  upon  substantially
equivalent terms as those provided in the earlier takeover offer.

Greenmail Restrictions

Under  Section  302A.553  of  the  MBCA,  a  corporation  is  prohibited  from  buying  shares  at  an  above-market  price  from  a  greater  than  5%
shareholder who has held the shares for less than two years unless (i) the purchase is approved by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to
vote or (ii) the corporation makes an equal or better offer to all shareholders for all other shares of that class or series and any other class or series into
which they may be converted.

Authority of the Board

The Board has the power to issue any or all of the shares of the Company’s capital stock, including the authority to establish one or more series of
Preferred  Stock,  setting  forth  the  designation  of  each  such  series  and  fixing  the  relative  rights  and  preferences  for  each  such  series,  without  seeking
shareholder approval in most instances. In addition, under the Bylaws, the Board has the right to fill vacancies of the Board (including a vacancy created by
an increase in the size of the Board).

TWELFTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT, TERM LOAN

AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This  Twelfth  Amendment  to  Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  (the
“Amendment”)  is  made  this  5th  day  of  February,  2021  by  and  among iMedia Brands, Inc.  (f/k/a EVINE
Live  Inc.),  a  Minnesota  corporation  (“iMedia”); VALUEVISION  INTERACTIVE,  INC.,  a  Minnesota
corporation; VVI  FULFILLMENT  CENTER,  INC.,  a  Minnesota  corporation; ValueVision  Media
Acquisitions,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation; VALUEVISION  RETAIL,  INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation,
NORWELL  TELEVISION,  LLC ,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company, PW  Acquisition  Company,
LLC,  a  Minnesota  limited  liability  company,  FL Acquisition  Company ,  a  Minnesota  corporation, JWH
Acquisition Company, a Minnesota corporation and 867 Grand Avenue LLC, a Minnesota limited liability
company  (each  a  “Borrower”,  and  collectively  “Borrowers”);  the  financial  institutions  which  are  now  or
which  hereafter  become  a  party  thereto  as  lenders  (the  “Lenders”)  and PNC  Bank,  National Association
(“PNC”), as agent for Lenders (PNC, in such capacity, the “Agent”).

BACKGROUND

A.

On  February  9,  2012,  Borrowers,  Lenders  and  Agent  entered  into,  inter  alia,  that  certain
Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security Agreement  (as  same  has  been  or  may  be  amended,  modified,
renewed,  extended,  replaced  or  substituted  from  time  to  time,  the  “Loan  Agreement”)  to  reflect  certain
financing arrangements between the parties thereto. The Loan Agreement and all other documents executed
in  connection  therewith  to  the  date  hereof  are  collectively  referred  to  as  the  “Existing  Financing
Agreements.” All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in
the Loan Agreement.

B.

The Borrowers have informed Agent and Lenders that iMedia intends to form TCO, LLC as a
joint venture with LAKR Ecomm Group, LLC for the purpose of owning and operating the existing website,
thecloseout.com,  pursuant  to  which  iMedia  would  (a)  contribute  certain  iMedia  inventory  (that  is  all
considered  ineligible  by  the  Lenders  due  to  the  age  of  such  inventory)  and  having  a  fair  market  value  of
approximately $3,570,000 and (b) provide a line of credit in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000 to TCO,
LLC, in exchange for 51% of the Equity Interests in TCO, LLC (together with all transactions contemplated
by such joint venture, the “Joint Venture Transaction”).

C.

The Borrowers have requested and Agent and Lenders have agreed to (i) consent to the Joint
Venture Transaction, (ii) waive the requirement to add TCO, LLC as a Borrower to the Loan Agreement and
(iii)  amend  certain  terms  and  provisions  contained  in  the  Loan  Agreement,  subject  to  the  terms  and
conditions of this Amendment.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  with  the  foregoing  background  hereinafter  deemed  incorporated  by  reference

herein and made part hereof, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, promise and agree as follows:

1. Consent.

1

(a)

Notwithstanding  anything  contrary  set  forth  in  the  Loan  Agreement  or  any  other
Document, Agent and Lenders hereby (i) consent to the Joint Venture Transaction so long as no Default or
Event of Default shall exist at the time of or after giving effect to the Joint Venture Transaction and (ii) waive
the requirement to add TCO, LLC as a Borrower to the Loan Agreement.

(b)

The  Borrowers  acknowledge  and  agree  that,  except  as  expressly  set  forth  herein,  the
execution  and  delivery  of  this Amendment  shall  in  no  way  affect  any  of  the  rights,  powers  or  remedies  of
Agent or any Lender under the Loan Agreement or any of the Other Documents, constitute a modification or
waiver  of  any  term  or  provision  thereof,  constitute  or  establish  a  course  of  conduct  or  dealing  among  the
parties  hereto  or  obligate  Agent  or  any  Lender,  at  any  time  hereafter,  to  consent  to  any  other  action  or
inaction by any Borrower, whether of a similar or different nature.

2.
follows:

Amendment.  Upon  the  Effective  Date,  the  Loan  Agreement  shall  be  amended  as

(a)

Section  1.2  of  the  Loan  Agreement  shall  be  amended  by  deleting  the  following

definitions in their entirety and replacing them as follows:

“Eurodollar Rate” shall mean for any Eurodollar Rate Loan for the then current Interest
Period relating thereto, the interest rate per annum determined by Agent by dividing (the
resulting  quotient  rounded  upwards,  if  necessary,  to  the  nearest  1/100th  of  1%  per
annum) (a) the rate which appears on  the  Bloomberg  Page  BBAM1  (or  on  such  other
substitute Bloomberg page that displays rates at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered
by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market), or the rate which is quoted
by  another  source  selected  by  Agent  as  an  authorized  information  vendor  for  the
purpose of displaying rates at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in
the  London 
interbank  deposit  market  (a  “Eurodollar  Alternate  Source”),  at
approximately  11:00  a.m.  (London  time)  two  (2)  Business  Days  prior  to  the
commencement  of  such  Interest  Period  as  the  London  interbank  offered  rate  for  U.S.
Dollars  for  an  amount  comparable  to  such  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan  and  having  a
borrowing date and a maturity comparable to such Interest Period (or (x) if there shall at
any time, for any reason, no longer exist a Bloomberg Page BBAM1 (or any substitute
page) or any Eurodollar Alternate Source, a comparable replacement rate determined by
Agent at such time (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), or
(y)  if  the  Eurodollar  Rate  is  unascertainable  as  set  forth  in  Section  3.8.2  hereof,  a
comparable  replacement  rate  determined  in  accordance  with  Section  3.8.2  hereof),  by
(b) a number equal to 1.00 minus the Reserve Percentage; provided, however, that if the
Eurodollar Rate determined as provided above would be less than 0.25%, such rate shall
be  deemed  to  be  0.25%  for  purposes  of  this Agreement.  The  Eurodollar  Rate  shall  be
adjusted  with  respect  to  any  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan  that  is  outstanding  on  the  effective
date of any change in the Reserve Percentage as of such effective date. Agent shall give

2

reasonably prompt notice to Borrowing Agent of the Eurodollar Rate as determined or
adjusted  in  accordance  herewith,  which  determination  shall  be  conclusive  absent
manifest error.

“Maximum Revolving Advance Amount” shall mean $70,000,000, as such amount may
be increased (to an amount not to exceed $90,000,000) from time to time in accordance
with Section 2.24 hereof.

(b)

Section 1.6 is hereby added to the Loan Agreement after Section 1.5 thereof:

1.6. Eurodollar Notification. Section 3.8.2 of this Agreement provides a mechanism for
determining an alternative rate of interest in the event that the London interbank offered
rate is no longer available or in certain other circumstances. Agent does not warrant or
accept  any  responsibility  for  and  shall  not  have  any  liability  with  respect  to,  the
administration, submission or any other matter related to the London interbank offered
rate or other rates in the definition of "Eurodollar Rate" or with respect to any alternative
or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate therefor.

(c)

Section  3.8  of  the  Loan  Agreement  shall  be  deleted  in  its  entirety  and  replaced  as

follows:

3.8.1  Interest  Rate  Inadequate  or  Unfair.  In  the  event  that Agent  or  any  Lender  shall
have determined that:

reasonable  means  do  not  exist  for  ascertaining  the  Eurodollar  Rate  applicable

(a)
pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof for any Interest Period; or

(b)
Dollar  deposits  in  the  relevant  amount  and  for  the  relevant  maturity  are  not
available  in  the  London  interbank  Eurodollar  market,  with  respect  to  an  outstanding
Eurodollar Rate Loan, a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan, or a proposed conversion of a
Domestic Rate Loan into a Eurodollar Rate Loan; or

the making, maintenance or funding of any Eurodollar Rate Loan has been made
(c)
impracticable  or  unlawful  by  compliance  by Agent  or  such  Lender  in  good  faith  with
any Applicable  Law  or  any  interpretation  or  application  thereof  by  any  Governmental
Body or with any request or directive of any such Governmental Body (whether or not
having the force of law); or

(d)
the Eurodollar Rate will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lender
of the establishment or maintenance of any Eurodollar Rate Loan, then Agent shall give
Borrowing  Agent  prompt  written  or  telephonic  notice  of  such  determination.  If  such
notice is given prior to a Benchmark Replacement Date (as defined below), (i) any such
requested  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan  shall  be  made  as  a  Domestic  Rate  Loan,  unless
Borrowing Agent

3

shall  notify Agent  no  later  than  1:00  p.m.  two  (2)  Business  Days  prior  to  the  date  of
such proposed borrowing, that its request for such borrowing shall be cancelled or made
as  an  unaffected  type  of  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan,  (ii)  any  Domestic  Rate  Loan  or
Eurodollar  Rate  Loan  which  was  to  have  been  converted  to  an  affected  type  of
Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be continued as or converted into a Domestic Rate Loan, or,
if Borrowing Agent shall notify Agent, no later than 1:00 p.m. two (2) Business Days
prior  to  the  proposed  conversion,  shall  be  maintained  as  an  unaffected  type  of
Eurodollar Rate Loan, and (iii) any outstanding affected Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be
converted  into  a  Domestic  Rate  Loan,  or,  if  Borrowing Agent  shall  notify Agent,  no
later  than  1:00  p.m.  two  (2)  Business  Days  prior  to  the  last  Business  Day  of  the  then
current  Interest  Period  applicable  to  such  affected  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan,  shall  be
converted into an unaffected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan, on the last Business Day of
the  then  current  Interest  Period  for  such  affected  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans  (or  sooner,  if
any Lender cannot continue to lawfully maintain such affected Eurodollar Rate Loan).
Until  such  notice  has  been  withdrawn,  Lenders  shall  have  no  obligation  to  make  an
affected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan or maintain outstanding affected Eurodollar Rate
Loans  and  no  Borrower  shall  have  the  right  to  convert  a  Domestic  Rate  Loan  or  an
unaffected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan into an affected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan.

3.8.2. Benchmark Replacement Setting.

(a)
Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in
any Other Document (and any agreement executed in connection with an Interest Rate
Hedge  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  an  “Other  Document”  solely  for  purposes  of  this
Section  3.8.2),  if  a  Benchmark  Transition  Event  or  an  Early  Opt-in  Election,  as
applicable,  and  its  related  Benchmark  Replacement  Date  have  occurred  prior  to  the
Reference  Time  in  respect  of  any  setting  of  the  then-current  Benchmark,  then  (x)  if  a
Benchmark  Replacement  is  determined  in  accordance  with  clause  (1)  or  (2)  of  the
definition  of  “Benchmark  Replacement”  for  such  Benchmark  Replacement  Date,  such
Benchmark  Replacement  will  replace  such  Benchmark  for  all  purposes  hereunder  and
under  any  Other  Document  in  respect  of  such  Benchmark  setting  and  subsequent
Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other
party to, this Agreement or any Other Document and (y) if a Benchmark Replacement is
determined in accordance with clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement”
for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such
Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Other Document in respect of any
Benchmark  setting  at  or  after  5:00  p.m.  (New  York  City  time)  on  the  fifth  (5th)
Business  Day  after  the  date  notice  of  such  Benchmark  Replacement  is  provided  to
Lenders without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to,
this Agreement or any Other Document so long as Agent has not

4

received,  by  such  time,  written  notice  of  objection  to  such  Benchmark  Replacement
from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.

Benchmark  Replacement  Conforming  Changes.  In  connection  with 

(b)
the
implementation  of  a  Benchmark  Replacement,  Agent  will  have  the  right  to  make
Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding
anything  to  the  contrary  herein  or  in  any  Other  Document,  any  amendments
implementing  such  Benchmark  Replacement  Conforming  Changes  will  become
effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or
any Other Document.

(c)
Notices;  Standards  for  Decisions  and  Determinations.  Agent  will  promptly
notify Borrowing Agent and Lenders of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition
Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its
related  Benchmark  Replacement  Date,  (ii)  the  implementation  of  any  Benchmark
Replacement,  (iii)  the  effectiveness  of  any  Benchmark  Replacement  Conforming
Changes,  (iv)  the  removal  or  reinstatement  of  any  tenor  of  a  Benchmark  pursuant  to
paragraph  (d)  below  and  (v)  the  commencement  or  conclusion  of  any  Benchmark
Unavailability  Period.  Any  determination,  decision  or  election  that  may  be  made  by
Agent or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this Section 3.8.2,
including  any  determination  with  respect  to  a  tenor,  rate  or  adjustment  or  of  the
occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take
or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent
manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from
any  other  party  to  this  Agreement  or  any  Other  Document,  except,  in  each  case,  as
expressly required pursuant to this Section 3.8.2.

Unavailability of Tenor of Benchmark. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
(d)
herein  or  in  any  Other  Document,  at  any  time  (including  in  connection  with  the
implementation  of  a  Benchmark  Replacement),  (i)  if  the  then-current  Benchmark  is  a
term rate (including Term SOFR or USD Eurodollar) and either (A) any tenor for such
Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such
rate  from  time  to  time  as  selected  by  Agent  in  its  reasonable  discretion  or  (B)  the
regulatory  supervisor  for  the  administrator  of  such  Benchmark  has  provided  a  public
statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark
is or will be no longer representative, then Agent may modify the definition of “Interest
Period” for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or
non-representative tenor and (ii) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (i) above
either (A) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark
(including  a  Benchmark  Replacement)  or  (B)  is  not,  or  is  no  longer,  subject  to  an
announcement that it is or will no longer be representative for a Benchmark (including a
Benchmark Replacement), then Agent may modify

5

the  definition  of  “Interest  Period”  for  all  Benchmark  settings  at  or  after  such  time  to
reinstate such previously removed tenor.

(e)
Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon Borrowing Agent’s receipt of notice of
the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, Borrowers may revoke any
request  for  an  Advance  bearing  interest  based  on  USD  Eurodollar,  conversion  to  or
continuation  of  Advances  bearing  interest  based  on  USD  Eurodollar  to  be  made,
converted  or  continued  during  any  Benchmark  Unavailability  Period  and,  failing  that,
Borrowers  will  be  deemed  to  have  converted  any  such  request  into  a  request  for  an
Advance of or conversion to Advances bearing interest under the Alternate Base Rate.
During  any  Benchmark  Unavailability  Period  or  at  any  time  that  a  tenor  for  the  then-
current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of the Alternate Base Rate
based  upon  the  then-current  Benchmark  or  such  tenor  for  such  Benchmark,  as
applicable, will not be used in any determination of the Alternate Base Rate.

(f)
Secondary  Term  SOFR  Conversion .  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary
herein or in any Other Document and subject to the proviso below in this paragraph, if a
Term  SOFR  Transition  Event  and  its  related  Benchmark  Replacement  Date  have
occurred  prior  to  the  Reference  Time  in  respect  of  any  setting  of  the  then-current
Benchmark,  then  (i)  the  applicable  Benchmark  Replacement  will  replace  the  then-
current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder or under any Other Document in respect
of  such  Benchmark  setting  (the  “Secondary  Term  SOFR  Conversion  Date”)  and
subsequent Benchmark settings, without any amendment to, or further action or consent
of  any  other  party  to,  this  Agreement  or  any  Other  Document;  and  (ii)  Advances
outstanding  on  the  Secondary  Term  SOFR  Conversion  Date  bearing  interest  based  on
the  then-current  Benchmark  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  converted  to  Advances
bearing  interest  at  the  Benchmark  Replacement  with  a  tenor  approximately  the  same
length as the interest payment period of the then-current Benchmark; provided that, this
paragraph (f) shall not be effective unless Agent has delivered to Lenders and Borrowers
a Term SOFR Notice.

(g)

Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Section 3.8.2:

“Available Tenor” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-
current Benchmark, as applicable, (x) if the then current Benchmark is a term rate or is
based  on  a  term  rate,  any  tenor  for  such  Benchmark  that  is  or  may  be  used  for
determining the length of an Interest Period pursuant to this Agreement as of such date
and  not  including,  for  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  any  tenor  for  such  Benchmark  that  is
then-removed  from  the  definition  of  “Interest  Period”  pursuant  to  paragraph  (d)  of
Section 3.8.2, or (y) if the then current Benchmark is not a term rate nor based on a term
rate,  any  payment  period  for  interest  calculated  with  reference  to  such  Benchmark
pursuant to this Agreement as of such date.

6

“Benchmark”  means,  initially,  USD  Eurodollar;  provided  that  if  a  Benchmark
Transition  Event,  a  Term  SOFR  Transition  Event  or  an  Early  Opt-in  Election,  as
applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to
USD  Eurodollar  or  the  then-current  Benchmark,  then  “Benchmark”  means  the
applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has
replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 3.8.2.

“Benchmark  Replacement”  means,  for  any  Available  Tenor,  the  first  alternative  set
forth in the order below that can be determined by Agent for the applicable Benchmark
Replacement Date:

(1)  the  sum  of:  (a)  Term  SOFR  and  (b)  the  related  Benchmark  Replacement
Adjustment;

(2)  the  sum  of:  (a)  Daily  Simple  SOFR  and  (b)  the  related  Benchmark  Replacement
Adjustment; or

(3)  the  sum  of:  (a)  the  alternate  benchmark  rate  that  has  been  selected  by Agent  and
Borrowers  as  the  replacement  for  the  then-current  Benchmark  for  the  applicable
Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of
a  replacement  benchmark  rate  or  the  mechanism  for  determining  such  a  rate  by  the
Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention
for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement for the then-current Benchmark for
U.S.  dollar-denominated  syndicated  credit  facilities  at  such  time  and  (b)  the  related
Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;

provided  that,  in  the  case  of  clause  (1),  such  Unadjusted  Benchmark  Replacement  is
displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to
time  as  selected  by  Agent  in  its  reasonable  discretion;  provided,  further,  that,  with
respect  to  a  Term  SOFR  Transition  Event,  on  the  applicable  Benchmark  Replacement
Date, the “Benchmark Replacement” shall revert to and shall be determined as set forth
in clause (1) of this definition. If the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to
clause (1), (2) or (3) above would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement
will  be  deemed  to  be  the  Floor  for  the  purposes  of  this  Agreement  and  the  Other
Documents.

“Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of the
then-current  Benchmark  with  an  Unadjusted  Benchmark  Replacement  for  any
applicable  Available  Tenor  for  any  setting  of  such  Unadjusted  Benchmark
Replacement:

(1) for purposes of clauses (1) and (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement,”
the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by Agent:

7

(a)  the  spread  adjustment,  or  method  for  calculating  or  determining  such  spread
adjustment,  (which  may  be  a  positive  or  negative  value  or  zero)  as  of  the  Reference
Time such Benchmark Replacement is first set for such Available Tenor that has been
selected  or  recommended  by  the  Relevant  Governmental  Body  for  the  replacement  of
such  Benchmark  with  the  applicable  Unadjusted  Benchmark  Replacement  for  the
applicable Corresponding Tenor;

(b) the spread adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) as of the
Reference Time such Benchmark Replacement is first set for such Available Tenor that
would  apply  to  the  fallback  rate  for  a  derivative  transaction  referencing  the  ISDA
Definitions  to  be  effective  upon  an  index  cessation  event  with  respect  to  such
Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor; and

(2) for purposes of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement,” the spread
adjustment,  or  method  for  calculating  or  determining  such  spread  adjustment,  (which
may  be  a  positive  or  negative  value  or  zero)  that  has  been  selected  by  Agent  and
Borrowers  for  the  applicable  Corresponding  Tenor  giving  due  consideration  to  (i)  any
selection  or  recommendation  of  a  spread  adjustment,  or  method  for  calculating  or
determining  such  spread  adjustment,  for  the  replacement  of  such  Benchmark  with  the
applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body on
the  applicable  Benchmark  Replacement  Date  or  (ii)  any  evolving  or  then-prevailing
market  convention  for  determining  a  spread  adjustment,  or  method  for  calculating  or
determining  such  spread  adjustment,  for  the  replacement  of  such  Benchmark  with  the
applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated
credit facilities;

provided  that,  (x)  in  the  case  of  clause  (1)  above,  such  adjustment  is  displayed  on  a
screen  or  other  information  service  that  publishes  such  Benchmark  Replacement
Adjustment from time to time as selected by Agent in its reasonable discretion and (y) if
the then-current Benchmark is a term rate, more than one tenor of such Benchmark is
available  as  of  the  applicable  Benchmark  Replacement  Date  and  the  applicable
Unadjusted  Benchmark  Replacement  will  not  be  a  term  rate,  the  Available  Tenor  of
such  Benchmark  for  purposes  of  this  definition  of  “Benchmark  Replacement
Adjustment” shall be deemed to be the Available Tenor that has approximately the same
length  (disregarding  business  day  adjustments)  as  the  payment  period  for  interest
calculated with reference to such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement.

“Benchmark  Replacement  Conforming  Changes”  means,  with  respect  to  any
Benchmark  Replacement,  any 
technical,  administrative  or  operational  changes
(including  changes  to  the  definition  of  “Base  Rate,”  the  definition  of  “Business  Day,”
the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency

8

of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or
prepayment,  conversion  or  continuation  notices,  length  of  lookback  periods,  the
applicability  of  breakage  provisions,  and  other  technical,  administrative  or  operational
matters)  that  Agent  decides  may  be  appropriate  to  reflect  the  adoption  and
implementation  of  such  Benchmark  Replacement  and  to  permit  the  administration
thereof by Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if Agent
decides  that  adoption  of  any  portion  of  such  market  practice  is  not  administratively
feasible  or  if Agent  determines  that  no  market  practice  for  the  administration  of  such
Benchmark  Replacement  exists,  in  such  other  manner  of  administration  as  Agent
decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement
and the Other Documents).

“Benchmark  Replacement  Date” means  the  earliest  to  occur  of  the  following  events
with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(1)
in  the  case  of  clause  (1)  or  (2)  of  the  definition  of  “Benchmark  Transition
Event,”  the  later  of  (a)  the  date  of  the  public  statement  or  publication  of  information
referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or
the  published  component  used  in  the  calculation  thereof)  permanently  or  indefinitely
ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);

(2)
in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the
date  determined  by  Agent,  which  date  shall  promptly  follow  the  date  of  the  public
statement or publication of information referenced therein;

(3)
in  the  case  of  a  Term  SOFR  Transition  Event,  the  date  that  is  set  forth  in  the
Term SOFR Notice provided to Lenders and Borrowers pursuant to this Section 3.8.2,
which date shall be at least 30 days from the date of the Term SOFR Notice; or

(4)
in  the  case  of  an  Early  Opt-in  Election,  the  sixth  (6th)  Business  Day  after  the
date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to Lenders, so long as Agent has
not received, by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after
the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to Lenders, written notice of
objection to such Early Opt-in Election from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if the event giving rise to the Benchmark Replacement
Date occurs on the same day as, but earlier than, the Reference Time in respect of any
determination, the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred prior
to  the  Reference  Time  for  such  determination  and  (ii)  the  “Benchmark  Replacement
Date” will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (1) or (2) with respect to
any

9

Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with
respect  to  all  then-current  Available  Tenors  of  such  Benchmark  (or  the  published
component used in the calculation thereof).

“Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following
events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(1)
a  public  statement  or  publication  of  information  by  or  on  behalf  of  the
administrator  of  such  Benchmark  (or  the  published  component  used  in  the  calculation
thereof)  announcing  that  such  administrator  has  ceased  or  will  cease  to  provide  all
Available  Tenors  of  such  Benchmark  (or  such  component  thereof),  permanently  or
indefinitely,  provided  that,  at  the  time  of  such  statement  or  publication,  there  is  no
successor  administrator  that  will  continue  to  provide  any  Available  Tenor  of  such
Benchmark (or such component thereof);

(2)
a  public  statement  or  publication  of  information  by  an  Official  Body  having
jurisdiction  over  Agent,  the  regulatory  supervisor  for  the  administrator  of  such
Benchmark  (or  the  published  component  used  in  the  calculation  thereof),  the  Federal
Reserve  Board,  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  New  York,  an  insolvency  official  with
jurisdiction  over  the  administrator  for  such  Benchmark  (or  such  component),  a
resolution  authority  with  jurisdiction  over  the  administrator  for  such  Benchmark  (or
such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority
over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), which states that the
administrator  of  such  Benchmark  (or  such  component)  has  ceased  or  will  cease  to
provide  all  Available  Tenors  of  such  Benchmark  (or  such  component  thereof)
permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication,
there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of
such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

(3)
a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for
the  administrator  of  such  Benchmark  (or  the  published  component  used  in  the
calculation thereof) or an Official Body having jurisdiction over Agent announcing that
all  Available  Tenors  of  such  Benchmark  (or  such  component  thereof)  are  no  longer
representative.

For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  a  “Benchmark  Transition  Event”  will  be  deemed  to  have
occurred  with  respect  to  any  Benchmark  if  a  public  statement  or  publication  of
information  set  forth  above  has  occurred  with  respect  to  each  then-current Available
Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

“Benchmark  Unavailability  Period”  means  the  period  (if  any):  (x)  beginning  at  the
time that a Benchmark Replacement Date pursuant to clauses (1) or (2) of that definition
has occurred if, at such time, no

10

Benchmark  Replacement  has  replaced  the  then-current  Benchmark  for  all  purposes
hereunder  and  under  any  Other  Document  in  accordance  with  Section  3.8.2  and  (y)
ending  at  the  time  that  a  Benchmark  Replacement  has  replaced  the  then-current
Benchmark  for  all  purposes  hereunder  and  under  any  Other  Document  in  accordance
with Section 3.8.2.

“Corresponding  Tenor”  with  respect  to  any  Available  Tenor  means,  as  applicable,
either a tenor (including overnight) or an interest payment period having approximately
the same length (disregarding business day adjustment) as such Available Tenor.

“Daily  Simple  SOFR”  means,  for  any  day,  SOFR,  with  the  conventions  for  this  rate
(which  will  include  a  lookback)  being  established  by  Agent  in  accordance  with  the
conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body
for  determining  “Daily  Simple  SOFR”  for  business  loans;  provided,  that  if  Agent
decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for Agent, then Agent
may establish another convention in its reasonable discretion.

“Early  Opt-in  Event”  means,  if  the  then-current  Benchmark  is  USD  Eurodollar,  the
occurrence of:

(1)
a  notification  by  Agent  to  (or  the  request  by  Borrowing  Agent  to  Agent  to
notify)  each  of  the  other  parties  hereto  that  at  least  five  currently  outstanding  U.S.
dollar-denominated  syndicated  credit  facilities  at  such  time  contain  (as  a  result  of
amendment  or  as  originally  executed)  a  SOFR-based  rate  (including  SOFR,  a  term
SOFR  or  any  other  rate  based  upon  SOFR)  as  a  benchmark  rate  (and  such  syndicated
credit facilities are identified in such notice and are publicly available for review), and

the joint election by Agent and Borrowing Agent to trigger a fallback from USD

(2)
Eurodollar and the provision by Agent of written notice of such election to Lenders.

“Floor” means the benchmark rate floor, if any, provided in this Agreement initially (as
of  the  execution  of  this  Agreement,  the  modification,  amendment  or  renewal  of  this
Agreement  or  otherwise)  with  respect  to  USD  Eurodollar  or,  if  no  floor  is  specified,
zero.

“ISDA Definitions”  means  the  2006  ISDA  Definitions  published  by  the  International
Swaps  and  Derivatives  Association,  Inc.  or  any  successor  thereto,  as  amended  or
supplemented from time to time, or any successor definitional booklet for interest rate
derivatives  published  from  time  to  time  by  the  International  Swaps  and  Derivatives
Association, Inc. or such successor thereto.

“Official Body”  means  the  government  of  the  United  States  of America  or  any  other
nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or

11

legislative, 

local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or
regulatory  or
other  entity  exercising  executive, 
administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-
national  bodies  such  as  the  European  Union  or  the  European  Central  Bank)  and  any
group  or  body  charged  with  setting  financial  accounting  or  regulatory  capital  rules  or
standards  (including,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board,  the  Bank  for
International  Settlements  or  the  Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision  or  any
successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).

judicial, 

taxing, 

“Reference Time” with respect to any setting of the then-current Benchmark means (1)
if such Benchmark is USD Eurodollar, 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the day that is two
London banking days preceding the date of such setting, and (2) if such Benchmark is
not USD Eurodollar, the time determined by Agent in its reasonable discretion.

“Relevant  Governmental  Body”  means  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  or  the  Federal
Reserve  Bank  of  New  York,  or  a  committee  officially  endorsed  or  convened  by  the
Federal  Reserve  Board  or  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  New York,  or  any  successor
thereto.

“SOFR”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Business  Day,  a  rate  per  annum  equal  to  the
secured  overnight  financing  rate  for  such  Business  Day  published  by  the  SOFR
Administrator  on  the  SOFR  Administrator’s  Website  on  the  immediately  succeeding
Business Day.

“SOFR Administrator” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or a successor
administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).

“SOFR Administrator’s Website”   means  the  website  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of
New  York,  currently  at  http://www.newyorkfed.org,  or  any  successor  source  for  the
secured  overnight  financing  rate  identified  as  such  by  the  SOFR Administrator  from
time  to  time.  “Term  SOFR”  means,  for  the  applicable  Corresponding  Tenor  as  of  the
applicable Reference Time, the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been
selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

“Term  SOFR”   means,  for  the  applicable  Corresponding  Tenor  as  of  the  applicable
Reference Time, the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or
recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

“Term SOFR Notice”  means a notification by Agent to Lenders and Borrowing Agent
of the occurrence of a Term SOFR Transition Event.

“Term  SOFR  Transition  Event”   means  the  determination  by  Agent  that  (a)  Term
SOFR  has  been  recommended  for  use  by  the  Relevant  Governmental  Body,  and  is
determinable for each Available Tenor, (b) the administration

12

of  Term  SOFR  is  administratively  feasible  for Agent  and  (c)  a  Benchmark  Transition
Event  has  previously  occurred  resulting  in  a  Benchmark  Replacement  in  accordance
with Section 3.8.2.

“Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement
excluding the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

“USD Eurodollar” means the London interbank offered rate for U.S. Dollars.”

(d)

For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  Inventory  purchased  by  iMedia  from  TCO,  LLC  will  be
assigned a separate appraised category and will not be eligible in the borrowing base until such Inventory is
appraised and a specific category advance rate (the “Initial Advance Rate”) is determined by Agent in its sole
discretion. Once the Initial Advance Rate is determined by Agent in its sole discretion, such Inventory shall
be eligible in an amount not to exceed $4,000,000 until Agent has received an appraisal including no less than
six months of sales data for such separate appraised category.

3.

Representations and Warranties. Each of the Borrowers hereby:

(a)

reaffirms  all  representations  and  warranties  made  to  Agent  and  Lenders  under  the
Loan Agreement and all of the other Existing Financing Agreements and confirms that after giving effect to
any  updated  schedules  all  are  true  and  correct  in  all  material  respects  as  of  the  date  hereof  (except  to  the
extent  any  such  representations  and  warranties  specifically  relate  to  a  specific  date,  in  which  case  such
representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects on and as of such other specific
date);

(b)

reaffirms  all  of  the  covenants  contained  in  the  Loan Agreement,  covenants  to  abide
thereby  until  all  Advances,  Obligations  and  other  liabilities  of  Borrowers  and  Guarantor  to  Agent  and
Lenders under the Loan Agreement of whatever nature and whenever incurred, are satisfied and/or released
by Agent and Lenders;

(c)

represents  and  warrants  that  no  Default  or  Event  of  Default  has  occurred  and  is

continuing under any of the Existing Financing Agreements;

(d)

represents and warrants that it has the authority and legal right to execute, deliver and
carry  out  the  terms  of  this  Amendment,  that  such  actions  were  duly  authorized  by  all  necessary  limited
liability  company  or  corporate  action,  as  applicable,  and  that  the  officers  executing  this Amendment  on  its
behalf  were  similarly  authorized  and  empowered,  and  that  this  Amendment  does  not  contravene  any
provisions  of  its  certificate  of  incorporation  or  formation,  operating  agreement,  bylaws,  or  other  formation
documents,  as  applicable,  or  of  any  contract  or  agreement  to  which  it  is  a  party  or  by  which  any  of  its
properties are bound;

(e)

represents  and  warrants  that  this  Amendment  and  all  assignments,  instruments,
documents,  and  agreements  executed  and  delivered  in  connection  herewith,  are  valid,  binding  and
enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by any
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; and

13

(f)

represents  and  warrants  that  no  assets,  other  than  the  assets  contributed  to  and/or
provided for in connection with the Joint Venture Transaction, shall be contributed to TCO, LLC without the
consent of Agent.

4.

Conditions Precedent/Effectiveness Conditions. This Amendment shall  be  effective  upon  the
occurrence  of  the  following  conditions  precedent,  each  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  Agent  (the
“Effective Date”):

(a)

Agent’s receipt of this Amendment fully executed by the Borrowers;

(b)

Agent’s  receipt,  for  the  benefit  of  Lenders,  of  an  amendment  fee  in  the  amount  of
$25,000, in immediately available funds, which fee shall be fully earned as of the date of this Amendment,
non-refundable and not subject to pro-ration;

(c)

Agent’s  receipt  of  all  documents  related  to  the  Joint  Venture  Transaction,  each  of

which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent; and

(d)

Agent’s receipt of the Third Amended and Restated Collateral Pledge Agreement fully

executed by the Borrowers;

(e)

Agent’s receipt of such other documents as Agent or counsel to Agent may reasonably

request.

5.

Further  Assurances.  Each  of  the  Borrowers  hereby  agrees  to  take  all  such  actions  and  to
execute and/or deliver to Agent and Lenders all such documents, assignments, financing statements and other
documents, as Agent and Lenders may reasonably require from time to time, to effectuate and implement the
purposes of this Amendment.

6.

Payment of Expenses. Borrowers shall pay or reimburse Agent and Lenders for its reasonable
attorneys’  fees  and  expenses  in  connection  with  the  preparation,  negotiation  and  execution  of  this
Amendment and the documents provided for herein or related hereto.

7.

Reaffirmation  of  Loan Agreement.  Except  as  modified  by  the  terms  hereof,  all  of  the  terms
and conditions of the Loan Agreement, as amended, and all other of the Existing Financing Agreements are
hereby reaffirmed and shall continue in full force and effect as therein written.

8.

Miscellaneous.

(a)

Third Party Rights.  No  rights  are  intended  to  be  created  hereunder  for  the  benefit  of

any third party donee, creditor, or incidental beneficiary.

(b)

Headings. The headings of any paragraph of this Amendment are for convenience only

and shall not be used to interpret any provision hereof.

(c)

Modifications.  No  modification  hereof  or  any  agreement  referred  to  herein  shall  be
binding  or  enforceable  unless  in  writing  and  signed  on  behalf  of  the  party  against  whom  enforcement  is
sought.

14

(d)

Governing Law.  This Amendment  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in  accordance
with the laws of the State of New York applied to contracts to be performed wholly within the State of New
York.

(e)

Counterparts.  This Amendment  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of  and  by  different
parties hereto on separate counterparts, all of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all
such  counterparts  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  agreement.  Any  signature  delivered  by  a  party  by
facsimile transmission or PDF shall be deemed to be an original signature hereto.

15

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered by

their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

BORROWERS:

iMEDIA  BRANDS,  INC.  (f / k / a EVINE  LIVE
INC.)

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

VALUEVISION INTERACTIVE, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

VVI FULFILLMENT CENTER, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

VALUEVISION MEDIA ACQUISITIONS, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

VALUEVISION RETAIL, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

NORWELL TELEVISION, LLC

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

PW ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TWELFTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT, TERM LOAN AND
SECURITY AGREEMENT]

FL ACQUISITION COMPANY

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

JWH ACQUISITION COMPANY

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

867 GRAND AVENUE LLC

By:
Its:

JWH Acquisition Company
Sole Member

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ TIM PETERMAN
Tim Peterman
CEO

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TWELFTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT, TERM LOAN AND
SECURITY AGREEMENT]

PNC  BANK,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION ,  as
Lender and as Agent

By:

/s/ SHERRY WINICK
Sherry Winick, Vice President

Revolving Commitment Percentage:  77.0%
Term Loan Commitment Percentage: 77.0%

CIBC BANK USA f/k/a THE PRIVATEBANK
AND TRUST COMPANY, as Lender

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ RICHARD PIERCE
Richard Pierce
Managing Director

Revolving Commitment Percentage:  23.0%
Term Loan Commitment Percentage: 23.0%

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TWELFTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT, TERM LOAN AND
SECURITY AGREEMENT]

All of the Company’s subsidiaries listed below are wholly owned.

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Name

State of Incorporation or Organization

Exhibit 21

ValueVision Interactive, Inc.
VVI Fulfillment Center, Inc.
ValueVision Media Acquisitions, Inc.
ValueVision Retail, Inc.
Norwell Television, LLC
PW Acquisition Company, LLC
FL Acquisition Company
JWH Acquisition Company
867 Grand Avenue, LLC

Minnesota
Minnesota
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Minnesota
Minnesota
Minnesota
Minnesota

   
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-239857, 333-217216, 333-214061, and 333-203209 on
Form S-3 and 333-239832, 333-233700, 333-225833, 333-214063, 333-190982, 333-175320, 333-175319, 333-139597, 333-125183 and
333-81438  on  Form  S-8  of  our  report  dated April  16,  2021,  relating  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  iMedia  Brands,  Inc.  and
subsidiaries  (formerly  known  as  EVINE  Live  Inc.),  appearing  in  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  iMedia  Brands,  Inc.  for  the  year
ended January 30, 2021.

Exhibit 23

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
April 23, 2021

I, Timothy A. Peterman, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of iMedia Brands, Inc.;

CERTIFICATION

Exhibit 31.1

2. Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with
respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in
this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known
to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on
such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which
are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s

internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: April 23, 2021

/s/ TIMOTHY A. PETERMAN

Timothy A. Peterman
Chief Executive Officer & Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) 

I, Timothy A. Peterman, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of iMedia Brands, Inc.;

CERTIFICATION

Exhibit 31.2

2. Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with
respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in
this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known
to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on
such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which
are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s

internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: April 23, 2021

/s/ TIMOTHY A. PETERMAN

Timothy A. Peterman
Chief Executive Officer & Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) 

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE AND FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of iMedia Brands, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company"), for the fiscal year
ended January 30, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about the date hereof (the "Report"), the undersigned
officers of the Company certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to
their knowledge:

●

●

the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of
the Company.

A  signed  original  of  this  written  statement  required  by  Section  906  has  been  provided  to  the  Company  and  will  be  retained  by  the

Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Date: April 23, 2021

/s/ TIMOTHY A. PETERMAN

Timothy A. Peterman
Chief Executive Officer & Interim Chief Financial Officer